Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Theoretical Computer Science

464 missions · 238 completed

The mathematical foundations of computation: which problems can be solved, by what algorithms, and at what cost in time, space, or communication. Distinguished by its emphasis on rigor and unconditional lower bounds, it spans computational complexity, algorithm design, automata and computability, cryptography, and the analysis of Boolean functions.

Missions

Open226Completed238All464
Complexity TheoryGraph TheoryLinear algebra+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard 3: The Clique Number Is the Unique l for Which an Explicit Graph Tensor Has Spectral Norm 1Research Paper

Motivation

The spectral norm of a matrix, its largest singular value, is computable in polynomial time to any accuracy. Its analogue for 3-tensors appears in the analysis of multilinear systems, in the best rank-1 approximation of a data array, in quantum information (the geometric measure of entanglement), and in the injective norm of tensor products. Hillar and Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard (J. ACM 60(6), 2013, Article 45; final version arXiv:0911.1393v5), show that, in contrast with matrices, deciding whether a fixed nonzero rational number is a singular value or the spectral norm of a rational 3-tensor is NP-hard (their Theorems 6.5 and 1.10).

The proof is a reduction from the clique number ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) of a graph. It combines three classical ingredients: the theorem of Motzkin and Straus (1965), which expresses ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) as the value of a quadratic program over the simplex; a theorem of Banach (1938) on the spectral norm of symmetric tensors; and an observation from He, Li and Zhang (2010) on maxima of sums of squared bilinear forms. Deciding ω(G)≥l\omega(G)\ge lω(G)≥l is one of Karp's (1972) NP-complete problems.

Setting

A real 3-tensor is an array A=[ ⁣[aijk] ⁣]∈Rl×m×n\mathcal A=[\![a_{ijk}]\!]\in\mathbb R^{l\times m\times n}A=[[aijk​]]∈Rl×m×n with trilinear form A(x,y,z)=∑i,j,kaijkxiyjzk\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)=\sum_{i,j,k}a_{ijk}x_iy_jz_kA(x,y,z)=∑i,j,k​aijk​xi​yj​zk​. With the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​, its spectral norm is

∥A∥2,2,2=sup⁡x,y,z≠0∣A(x,y,z)∣∥x∥2∥y∥2∥z∥2.\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2\|\mathbf y\|_2\|\mathbf z\|_2}.∥A∥2,2,2​=x,y,z=0sup​∥x∥2​∥y∥2​∥z∥2​∣A(x,y,z)∣​.

A real σ\sigmaσ is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of A\mathcal AA if there are unit vectors u,v,w\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf wu,v,w with

∑j,kaijkvjwk=σui,∑i,kaijkuiwk=σvj,∑i,jaijkuivj=σwk\textstyle\sum_{j,k}a_{ijk}v_jw_k=\sigma u_i,\quad \sum_{i,k}a_{ijk}u_iw_k=\sigma v_j,\quad \sum_{i,j}a_{ijk}u_iv_j=\sigma w_k∑j,k​aijk​vj​wk​=σui​,∑i,k​aijk​ui​wk​=σvj​,∑i,j​aijk​ui​vj​=σwk​

for all i,j,ki,j,ki,j,k: the stationarity conditions of A(u,v,w)\mathcal A(\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)A(u,v,w) on a product of unit spheres.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph on V={1,…,v}V=\{1,\dots,v\}V={1,…,v}, v≥1v\ge1v≥1, with eee edges {ik,jk}\{i_k,j_k\}{ik​,jk​}, k=1,…,ek=1,\dots,ek=1,…,e, and clique number ω\omegaω. Let Δv\Delta_vΔv​ be the standard simplex, AGA_GAG​ the adjacency matrix and JJJ the all-ones matrix. For a positive integer lll set Ql=AG+1lJQ_l=A_G+\frac1lJQl​=AG​+l1​J and Ml=max⁡x∈Δvx⊤QlxM_l=\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\mathbf x^\top Q_l\mathbf xMl​=maxx∈Δv​​x⊤Ql​x. Let Ek=12Eikjk+12EjkikE_k=\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}Ek​=21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​, and let TlT_lTl​ be the maximum over unit u,v∈Rv\mathbf u,\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^vu,v∈Rv, w∈Rl+2e\mathbf w\in\mathbb R^{l+2e}w∈Rl+2e of the multilinear form

∑i=1l(u⊤1lIv)wi+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)wl+k+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)we+l+k.(26)\sum_{i=1}^l\Big(\mathbf u^\top\tfrac1lI\mathbf v\Big)w_i+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{l+k}+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{e+l+k}. \tag{26}i=1∑l​(u⊤l1​Iv)wi​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)wl+k​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)we+l+k​.(26)

The graph tensor Al∈Qv×v×(l+2e)\mathcal A_l\in\mathbb Q^{v\times v\times(l+2e)}Al​∈Qv×v×(l+2e) has as entry aijka_{ijk}aijk​ the coefficient of uivjwku_iv_jw_kui​vj​wk​ in (26).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 6.5 and 1.10, encoding-free core

For every graph GGG on v≥1v\ge1v≥1 vertices and every enumeration of its edges:

∀l≥1: ∥Al∥2,2,2=1  ⟺  l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al,\forall l\ge1:\ \|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=1\iff l=\omega;\qquad 1\text{ is a unit singular value of }\mathcal A_\omega;\qquad \forall l>\omega:\ 1\text{ is not one of }\mathcal A_l,∀l≥1: ∥Al​∥2,2,2​=1⟺l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω​;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al​,

so ω\omegaω is the largest l∈{1,…,v}l\in\{1,\dots,v\}l∈{1,…,v} for which 111 is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​. The paper's vvv-query Turing reductions rest on exactly this.

Milestones (in attack order)

  1. Theorem 6.7 (Motzkin–Straus): 1−1/ω=2max⁡x∈Δv∑{i,j}∈Exixj1-1/\omega=2\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\sum_{\{i,j\}\in E}x_ix_j1−1/ω=2maxx∈Δv​​∑{i,j}∈E​xi​xj​.
  2. (22): Ml=1+ω−llωM_l=1+\frac{\omega-l}{l\omega}Ml​=1+lωω−l​; so Mω=1M_\omega=1Mω​=1, Ml>1M_l>1Ml​>1 for l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Ml<1M_l<1Ml​<1 for l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  3. Lemma 6.8: Ml=NlM_l=N_lMl​=Nl​, where Nl=max⁡∥u∥2=1{∑i=1l(u⊤1lIu)2+2∑k(u⊤Eku)2}N_l=\max_{\|\mathbf u\|_2=1}\{\sum_{i=1}^l(\mathbf u^\top\frac1lI\mathbf u)^2+2\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf u)^2\}Nl​=max∥u∥2​=1​{∑i=1l​(u⊤l1​Iu)2+2∑k​(u⊤Ek​u)2}.
  4. Theorem 6.9 (Banach), (24): for a symmetric 4-tensor, ∥S∥2,2,2,2=sup⁡x≠0∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24\|\mathcal S\|_{2,2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x\neq\mathbf 0}|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)|/\|\mathbf x\|_2^4∥S∥2,2,2,2​=supx=0​∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24​.
  5. Proposition 6.10 (He–Li–Zhang): for symmetric AkA_kAk​, max⁡∥u∥=∥v∥=1∑k(u⊤Akv)2=max⁡∥v∥=1∑k(v⊤Akv)2\max_{\|\mathbf u\|=\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2=\max_{\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf v^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2max∥u∥=∥v∥=1​∑k​(u⊤Ak​v)2=max∥v∥=1​∑k​(v⊤Ak​v)2.
  6. Lemma 6.11: Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​, hence Tl=1T_l=1Tl​=1 iff l=ωl=\omegal=ω, Tl>1T_l>1Tl​>1 iff l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Tl<1T_l<1Tl​<1 iff l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  7. Proof of Theorem 6.5: ∥Al∥2,2,2=Tl\|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=T_l∥Al​∥2,2,2​=Tl​, TlT_lTl​ is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, and every unit singular value has absolute value at most TlT_lTl​.
  8. §7 (content of Theorem 1.13): min⁡σ≥0, unit u,v,w∥A−σ u⊗v⊗w∥F2=∥A∥F2−∥A∥2,2,22\min_{\sigma\ge0,\ \text{unit }\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w}\|\mathcal A-\sigma\,\mathbf u\otimes\mathbf v\otimes\mathbf w\|_F^2=\|\mathcal A\|_F^2-\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}^2minσ≥0, unit u,v,w​∥A−σu⊗v⊗w∥F2​=∥A∥F2​−∥A∥2,2,22​, attained only with σ=∥A∥2,2,2\sigma=\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}σ=∥A∥2,2,2​.

Significance

The result. The goal shows that a single comparison with 111 of the spectral norm, or of the singular-value spectrum, of an explicit rational tensor of size v×v×(l+2e)v\times v\times(l+2e)v×v×(l+2e) encodes whether l=ω(G)l=\omega(G)l=ω(G). It is the step that makes the spectral norm, the largest singular value, and (through §7) the best rank-1 approximation of a 3-tensor NP-hard, whereas all three are polynomial-time for matrices. It explains why the higher-order power method and its relatives carry no global guarantees, and it is the starting point for inapproximability results such as the paper's Theorem 1.11.

Formalizing it. The results are proved on paper; none of them is formalized. Motzkin–Straus, Banach's polarization theorem for symmetric 4-tensors, and the He–Li–Zhang identity are classical results that are not in Mathlib and not on the platform; each is reusable well beyond this mission (Turán-type bounds, polynomial optimization over spheres, injective norms). The mission also checks the paper's construction at the level of indices and constants.

Difficulty

The construction of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is explicit, and the comparison with 111 is arithmetic once Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​ is known. Everything rests on the three cited theorems. Motzkin–Straus is an optimization statement over the simplex whose maximizers may lie on the boundary and need not be unique, so a first-order computation at an interior critical point does not settle it. Banach's theorem asserts equality, not equality up to a constant: the standard polarization identity bounds the 4-linear form by its diagonal values only up to a factor. Proposition 6.10 is where the paper's own argument is loose: the 4-linear form it introduces is not symmetric, so (24) does not apply as printed. Finally, the singular-value clauses require that the maximum of a trilinear form on a product of spheres is a stationary value. This must be proved, not assumed.

Formalization scope

Tensors are arrays Fin l → Fin m → Fin n → ℝ with 0-based indices: the paper's aijka_{ijk}aijk​ is A (i-1) (j-1) (k-1). The Euclidean norm is Real.sqrt (∑ i, x i ^ 2). Suprema and maxima are sSup of sets that are nonempty and bounded under the stated hypotheses; where the paper's "max" carries content (Motzkin–Straus, (22), §7), attainment is stated with IsGreatest/IsLeast. The graph is a SimpleGraph (Fin v) with v≥1v\ge1v≥1, clique number Mathlib's SimpleGraph.cliqueNum, and its edges are enumerated by an arbitrary Fin e ≃ G.edgeSet. Every statement holds for each enumeration, so the tensor depends on the choice and the conclusions do not. Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is a rational tensor, read over R\mathbb RR by casting.

Explicit readings of the paper:

  • Definition 6.1 has no norm constraint. Since (σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw)(\sigma,\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)\mapsto(t\sigma,t\mathbf u,t\mathbf v,t\mathbf w)(σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw) preserves (20), unnormalized singular values make every nonzero real a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, so the clause "not for l>ωl>\omegal>ω" would be false. Singular vectors are therefore unit vectors, as in the paper's derivation on p. 0:21.
  • The statement of Lemma 6.11 prints wm+l+kw_{m+l+k}wm+l+k​. There is no mmm in §6, and the proof uses we+l+kw_{e+l+k}we+l+k​, which is formalized.
  • EkE_kEk​ is written entrywise as 12[{i,j}={ik,jk}]\frac12[\{i,j\}=\{i_k,j_k\}]21​[{i,j}={ik​,jk​}], which equals 12Eikjk+12Ejkik\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​ for a loopless edge.
  • "TlT_lTl​ is just the maximum ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​" is made explicit as milestone 7.
  • The goal does not claim that 111 fails to be a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ for l<ωl<\omegal<ω; the paper neither claims nor uses this.

This is the mathematical core of a polynomial-time Turing reduction, not an NP-hardness theorem. The polynomial size of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, the vvv-query procedure, the scaling to a general fixed 0≠σ∈Q0\ne\sigma\in\mathbb Q0=σ∈Q, and the NP-completeness of CLIQUE (Karp 1972, cited) are not formalized. Theorem 1.11 and Corollary 1.12 are out of scope.

Two formalizations would make the goal trivial, and both are excluded. One is dropping the unit-norm constraint, which makes every nonzero number a singular value. The other is a spectral norm taken as a supremum over all vectors without normalization, which makes it unbounded and junk-valued; here the quotients are normalized.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone. Motzkin–Straus, Banach (24) and He–Li–Zhang are self-contained and reusable. Lemma 6.11 and milestone 7 need Cauchy–Schwarz and a Lagrange-type stationarity argument on spheres, which Mathlib supports through IsLocalExtrOn and the Lagrange multiplier files.

Selected references

  • C. J. Hillar, L.-H. Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard, J. ACM 60(6), Article 45, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2512329 (final version arXiv:0911.1393v5, https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.1393v5)
  • T. S. Motzkin, E. G. Straus, Maxima for graphs and a new proof of a theorem of Turán, Canadian J. Math. 17, 533–540, 1965. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1965-053-6
  • S. Banach, Über homogene Polynome in (L²), Studia Math. 7, 36–44, 1938. https://doi.org/10.4064/sm-7-1-36-44
  • S. He, Z. Li, S. Zhang, Approximation algorithms for homogeneous polynomial optimization with quadratic constraints, Math. Program. Ser. B 125(2), 353–383, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0409-z
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, Plenum, 85–103, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Generation and Properties of Snarks 1: Inserting an Edge Between Two Edges of One Bicoloured Cycle of a 3-Edge-Coloured Cubic Graph Yields a 3-Edge-Colourable GraphResearch Paper

Motivation

A snark is an uncolourable, cyclically 4-edge-connected cubic graph of girth at least 5: a cubic graph whose edges cannot be properly coloured with three colours, and which is not reducible to a smaller such graph by an elementary operation. Snarks are the critical cases for several of the central conjectures of graph theory, among them the cycle double cover conjecture, Tutte's 5-flow conjecture and the Berge–Fulkerson conjecture: a minimal counterexample to any of them, if one exists, is a snark. Lists of all small snarks are therefore used to test such conjectures by computer.

Brinkmann, Goedgebeur, Hägglund and Markström (arXiv:1206.6690v3, 2013) generated all snarks on up to 36 vertices. Testing 3-edge-colourability is NP-complete, and only a vanishing fraction of cubic graphs are snarks (0.00044% of the cubic graphs of girth at least 5 on 28 vertices, p. 4), so the generation algorithm needs cheap criteria that recognise, before a graph is built, that it will be colourable and can be skipped. Section 3.1 of the paper supplies such a criterion for the last construction step, and this mission formalizes it.

Setting

All graphs are finite and simple. A graph is cubic if every vertex has degree 3. A 3-colouring of a graph G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) is a map C:E→{0,1,2}C:E\to\{0,1,2\}C:E→{0,1,2} that gives different colours to any two distinct edges sharing an end-vertex; GGG is colourable if it has one, i.e. its chromatic index satisfies χ′(G)≤3\chi'(G)\le 3χ′(G)≤3 (p. 2, Isaacs' terminology).

A 2-factor of GGG is a spanning 2-regular subgraph FFF (p. 4); each connected component of FFF is a cycle. FFF is an even 2-factor if all its cycles have even length (p. 5). For a 3-colouring CCC and colours i≠ji\ne ji=j, write GijG_{ij}Gij​ for the spanning subgraph whose edges are those coloured iii or jjj.

The edge insertion operation (Figure 1(d), p. 5) takes two distinct edges e=abe=abe=ab and e′=cde'=cde′=cd of GGG, which may share an end-vertex, subdivides eee by a new vertex xxx and e′e'e′ by a new vertex yyy, and adds the edge xyxyxy. The resulting graph G′G'G′ has vertex set V∪{x,y}V\cup\{x,y\}V∪{x,y} and edge set

E(G′)=(E∖{e,e′})∪{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy}.E(G')=\bigl(E\setminus\{e,e'\}\bigr)\cup\{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy\}.E(G′)=(E∖{e,e′})∪{ax,xb,cy,yd,xy}.

If GGG is cubic, so is G′G'G′. In the generation algorithm every graph of girth at least 4 is produced from a graph with two fewer vertices by this operation.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 5)

Let GGG be a cubic graph with a 3-colouring CCC, let i≠ji\ne ji=j be colours, and let e=abe=abe=ab, e′=cde'=cde′=cd be distinct edges of GijG_{ij}Gij​ lying on the same cycle of GijG_{ij}Gij​. Then

χ′(G′)≤3,G′=G with an edge inserted between e and e′.\chi'(G')\le 3,\qquad G' = G \text{ with an edge inserted between } e \text{ and } e'.χ′(G′)≤3,G′=G with an edge inserted between e and e′.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (p. 5). For a cubic graph GGG,
χ′(G)≤3  ⟺  G has an even 2-factor.\chi'(G)\le 3 \iff G \text{ has an even 2-factor.}χ′(G)≤3⟺G has an even 2-factor.
  1. The two-colour observation (§3.1, p. 5). If GGG is cubic, CCC is a 3-colouring and i≠ji\ne ji=j, then GijG_{ij}Gij​ is an even 2-factor of GGG.
  2. Lemma 3.2 (p. 5). If FFF is an even 2-factor of a cubic graph GGG and e≠e′e\ne e'e=e′ are edges of FFF on the same cycle of FFF, then the graph obtained by inserting an edge between eee and e′e'e′ is colourable.

Supporting statement (not on the goal's path)

Theorem 3.4 (p. 6, stated as folklore without proof). If GGG is a colourable cubic graph and the inserted edge xyxyxy lies on a 4-cycle of G′G'G′, then G′G'G′ is colourable.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 is the look-ahead of the snark generator: one 3-colouring of a graph on n−2n-2n−2 vertices excludes, at once, every pair of edges lying on a common cycle of one of its three bicoloured 2-factors. For 28 vertices the first colouring alone discards on average 85% of the candidate edge pairs (p. 6), and the overall ratio of weak snarks among generated graphs on the last level improves by a factor of 85 (p. 4). The enumeration of all snarks up to 36 vertices, on which the paper's counterexamples and statistics rest, depends on this pruning being sound: a wrong pruning rule would silently delete snarks from the lists. Theorem 3.4 is a second pruning rule of the same kind.

Formalizing it. The results are proved (Lemma 3.1 is classical; the paper gives the argument for Lemma 3.2 in one sentence and for Theorem 3.3 by combination). None of them, and no statement about 3-edge-colourings of cubic graphs and their 2-factors, is formalized on the platform. The mission produces a machine-checked soundness proof of the pruning criterion and, along the way, a reusable development of the equivalence between 3-edge-colourings and even 2-factors in Lean's SimpleGraph library. Theorem 3.4 has no proof in the paper.

Difficulty

The combinatorial content is short; the difficulty lies in graph-theoretic infrastructure that Mathlib does not have. Lemma 3.1 relates a global object (a proper colouring of all edges) to the cycle structure of a spanning 2-regular subgraph, and either direction needs the description of a finite 2-regular graph as a disjoint union of cycles together with parity information along each cycle. Mathlib has walks, cycles and connected components, but no decomposition of a 2-regular graph into cycles and no notion of the length of a component as a cycle.

Lemma 3.2 and Theorem 3.3 change the vertex type: G′G'G′ lives on V⊔{x,y}V\sqcup\{x,y\}V⊔{x,y}, so 2-factors, connected components and cycle lengths must be transported from GGG to G′G'G′, and the case where eee and e′e'e′ share an end-vertex (allowed by Figure 1(d)) has to be handled alongside the generic one. A first idea, to extend a given 3-colouring of GGG directly to G′G'G′, does not work in general: the colours forced on the edges at xxx and yyy by the old colours of eee and e′e'e′ can conflict, and the hypothesis "same cycle" is what has to be used to avoid the conflict.

Formalization scope

Vertices form a type V with [Fintype V] [DecidableEq V]; graphs are SimpleGraph V with decidable adjacency, and "cubic" is Mathlib's G.IsRegularOfDegree 3. Colourability is G.lineGraph.Colorable 3 (an edge colouring, not a vertex colouring), and a 3-colouring is G.lineGraph.Coloring (Fin 3). A 2-factor is a graph F on the same vertex type with F ≤ G and F.IsRegularOfDegree 2; it is even if every connected component has an even number of vertices (Nat.card). The edge insertion operation produces a graph on V ⊕ Fin 2, with Sum.inr 0 subdividing eee and Sum.inr 1 subdividing e′e'e′; edges are unordered pairs Sym2 V. "On the same cycle" is encoded as membership of both edges in the 2-factor plus reachability of their end-vertices inside the 2-factor. Oddness is not defined as a number; Lemma 3.1 is stated in its second form.

Dropping "on the same cycle" would make Theorem 3.3 and Lemma 3.2 false (inserting edges between different cycles of a bicoloured 2-factor is exactly how snarks are produced), and both statements require the two edges to be distinct; a formalization without either hypothesis is ruled out. Every statement assumes cubicity, without which Lemma 3.1 fails.

Out of scope: the algorithmic content of §3 (isomorphism rejection, the look-ahead implementation, recolouring along non-hamiltonian cycles, the 85% / 11% / 3.4% statistics), the generation counts, and every exhaustive-search claim of the paper. The remaining results of the paper are covered by three sibling missions of this series.

Reusable beyond this mission: the 2-factor and even-2-factor definitions, the two-colour 2-factor of an edge colouring, and Lemma 3.1 itself. Contributions welcome: the cycle decomposition of finite 2-regular graphs, alternating colourings of even cycles, and a proof of Theorem 3.4.

Selected references

  • G. Brinkmann, J. Goedgebeur, J. Hägglund, K. Markström, Generation and properties of snarks, J. Combin. Theory Ser. B 103 (2013); arXiv:1206.6690v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1206.6690
  • R. Isaacs, Infinite families of nontrivial trivalent graphs which are not Tait colorable, Amer. Math. Monthly 82 (1975) 221–239. https://doi.org/10.2307/2319844
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 1: The Net Mechanism Is (α, δ)-Useful for Every Class of Counting Queries with Error Governed by Its VC-DimensionResearch Paper

Motivation

A data curator holds a database of nnn individual records and wants to publish something from which many statistics can be computed, while guaranteeing differential privacy: no single record should noticeably change what is published (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim, Smith 2006). Interactive mechanisms answer queries one at a time and add noise to each answer, so their accuracy degrades as more queries are asked; Dinur and Nissim showed that answering too many arbitrary queries accurately reveals the database (Dinur, Nissim 2003).

Blum, Ligett and Roth asked a different question: can a curator release, once and non-interactively, a synthetic database that is accurate simultaneously for every query of a large, structured class, while remaining differentially private? Their answer (arXiv:1109.2229; JACM 60(2), 2013; conference version STOC 2008) is yes for every class of counting queries over a discretized universe, with accuracy governed by the class's VC-dimension rather than its cardinality. The mechanism it introduces, the Net mechanism, became the starting point of the literature on private query release (SmallDB, private multiplicative weights, and the lower bounds that followed).

Setting

Fix a finite data universe XXX (for instance X={0,1}kX=\{0,1\}^kX={0,1}k). The curator's input is an nnn-tuple z=(z1,…,zn)∈Xnz=(z_1,\dots,z_n)\in X^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Xn, read as a multiset of records. Two inputs are neighbouring if they differ in exactly one entry.

A database of arbitrary size D∈X∗D\in X^*D∈X∗ is a finite nonempty multiset of elements of XXX. For a predicate φ:X→{0,1}\varphi:X\to\{0,1\}φ:X→{0,1} the counting query is

Qφ(D)=1∣D∣∑x∈Dφ(x),Q_\varphi(D)=\frac{1}{|D|}\sum_{x\in D}\varphi(x),Qφ​(D)=∣D∣1​x∈D∑​φ(x),

the fraction of records satisfying φ\varphiφ. A class CCC of predicates is identified with its class of counting queries, and its VC-dimension VCDIM(C)\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)VCDIM(C) is the size of the largest set of points that CCC shatters.

A randomized mechanism AAA, whose output on input zzz is a random database D^∈X∗\hat D\in X^*D^∈X∗, is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[A(z′)∈S]\Pr[A(z)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(z')\in S]Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S] for all neighbouring z,z′z,z'z,z′ and all sets SSS of outputs. It is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for CCC if for every input zzz, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ, ∣Qφ(D^)−Qφ(z)∣≤α|Q_\varphi(\hat D)-Q_\varphi(z)|\le\alpha∣Qφ​(D^)−Qφ​(z)∣≤α for every φ∈C\varphi\in Cφ∈C.

The global sensitivity of f:Xn→Rf:X^n\to\mathbb Rf:Xn→R is GSf=max⁡∣f(z)−f(z′)∣GS_f=\max|f(z)-f(z')|GSf​=max∣f(z)−f(z′)∣ over neighbouring pairs. An α\alphaα-net for CCC is a finite set N⊆X∗N\subseteq X^*N⊆X∗ such that every D∈X∗D\in X^*D∈X∗ has some D′∈ND'\in ND′∈N with ∣Qφ(D)−Qφ(D′)∣≤α|Q_\varphi(D)-Q_\varphi(D')|\le\alpha∣Qφ​(D)−Qφ​(D′)∣≤α for all φ∈C\varphi\in Cφ∈C; Nα(C)N_\alpha(C)Nα​(C) denotes a net of minimum size.

The exponential mechanism with quality score q:Xn×R→Rq:X^n\times R\to\mathbb Rq:Xn×R→R over a finite range RRR outputs rrr with probability proportional to exp⁡(εq(z,r)/(2GSq))\exp(\varepsilon q(z,r)/(2GS_q))exp(εq(z,r)/(2GSq​)). The Net mechanism is the exponential mechanism over R=Nα(C)R=N_\alpha(C)R=Nα​(C) with score q(z,D′)=−max⁡φ∈C∣Qφ(z)−Qφ(D′)∣q(z,D')=-\max_{\varphi\in C}|Q_\varphi(z)-Q_\varphi(D')|q(z,D′)=−maxφ∈C​∣Qφ​(z)−Qφ​(D′)∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.10

There is an absolute constant c>0c>0c>0 such that, for every finite XXX, d=VCDIM(C)≥1d=\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)\ge1d=VCDIM(C)≥1, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1, 0<α≤120<\alpha\le\tfrac120<α≤21​, whenever

α ≥ cεα2n(dlog⁡∣X∣log⁡1α+log⁡1δ),\alpha\ \ge\ \frac{c}{\varepsilon\alpha^2 n}\Big(d\log|X|\log\frac1\alpha+\log\frac1\delta\Big),α ≥ εα2nc​(dlog∣X∣logα1​+logδ1​),

a minimum α2\tfrac\alpha22α​-net exists and the Net mechanism run on any minimum α2\tfrac\alpha22α​-net is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for CCC. The constant is left unspecified, as in the paper; the goal asserts the shape of the bound, not a value of ccc.

Milestones

  1. Observation 2.4: GSQφ≤1/nGS_{Q_\varphi}\le 1/nGSQφ​​≤1/n.
  2. Theorem 3.2 and Property 3.3: the exponential mechanism, hence the Net mechanism, is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private.
  3. Property 3.4: for any query class with sensitivities at most Δ\DeltaΔ, the Net mechanism is (2α,δ)(2\alpha,\delta)(2α,δ)-useful once α≥2Δεlog⁡∣Nα(C)∣δ\alpha\ge\frac{2\Delta}{\varepsilon}\log\frac{|N_\alpha(C)|}{\delta}α≥ε2Δ​logδ∣Nα​(C)∣​.
  4. Corollary 3.5: for counting queries, (2α,δ)(2\alpha,\delta)(2α,δ)-useful once α≥2εnlog⁡∣Nα(C)∣δ\alpha\ge\frac{2}{\varepsilon n}\log\frac{|N_\alpha(C)|}{\delta}α≥εn2​logδ∣Nα​(C)∣​.
  5. Lemma 3.7 and Theorem 3.6 (finite classes): ∣Nα(C)∣≤∣X∣⌈log⁡∣C∣/α2⌉|N_\alpha(C)|\le|X|^{\lceil\log|C|/\alpha^2\rceil}∣Nα​(C)∣≤∣X∣⌈log∣C∣/α2⌉.
  6. Lemma 3.8 and Theorem 3.9 (finite VC-dimension): ∣Nα(C)∣≤∣X∣c0 dlog⁡(1/α)/α2|N_\alpha(C)|\le|X|^{c_0\,d\log(1/\alpha)/\alpha^2}∣Nα​(C)∣≤∣X∣c0​dlog(1/α)/α2.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.10 shows that a database of size roughly O~(VCDIM(C)log⁡∣X∣/(α3ε))\tilde O(\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)\log|X|/(\alpha^3\varepsilon))O~(VCDIM(C)log∣X∣/(α3ε)) suffices to release, privately, a synthetic database answering every query of CCC to within α\alphaα. This is only a polynomial factor above what sampling needs without privacy, and it covers classes with exponentially many queries in nnn, which interactive noise addition cannot. Together with Property 3.3 it is the first general feasibility result for non-interactive private release, and it identified VC-dimension as the governing parameter.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, modulo the cited uniform-convergence lemma (Lemma 3.8). No part of it is machine-checked on the platform. A complete development would give a formal exponential mechanism with a general score and its privacy proof, a formal utility analysis of a mechanism with a finite range, and a formal ε-approximation theorem for VC classes, which is the deepest dependency and reusable across learning theory.

Difficulty

The privacy and utility of the exponential mechanism (Theorem 3.2, Property 3.4) are short ratio arguments. The difficulty is concentrated in bounding the size of the net. For finite classes a random-sampling and union-bound argument suffices (Lemma 3.7). For infinite classes the union bound over CCC is unavailable, and Lemma 3.8 needs uniform convergence over a class of finite VC-dimension, uniformly over every finite multiset DDD: a symmetrization or chaining argument together with the Sauer–Shelah lemma, none of which is in Mathlib in this form. The obvious route of applying the finite-class bound to the restriction of CCC to the support of DDD gives a size depending on ∣D∣|D|∣D∣ and fails.

Formalization scope

  • Inputs are Fin n → X with X : Type finite; neighbouring means "replace one entry", the platform's PrivLearn.Generic.Neighbors. The paper's "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'|\le1∣DΔD′∣≤1" read literally for equal-size multisets forces D=D′D=D'D=D′ and would make every mechanism private.
  • Databases of arbitrary size are nonempty multisets (Database X), with every set measurable. Queries are real functions on multisets, so the same query reads inputs and outputs. Predicates are X → Bool; VC-dimension is the platform's HighDimProb.Chaining.vcDim (valued in ℕ∞; the theorems take it finite, equal to d≥1d\ge1d≥1).
  • Usefulness and α-nets use "for all Q∈CQ\in CQ∈C", not a real supremum. Nα(C)N_\alpha(C)Nα​(C) is never an infimum of cardinalities: statements quantify over minimum nets and assert that one exists.
  • The exponential mechanism is a finite mixture of point masses. Where the paper divides by GSqGS_qGSq​, Theorem 3.2 and Properties 3.3–3.4 assume GSq>0GS_q>0GSq​>0; Corollary 3.5 and Theorem 3.10 need no such hypothesis, because for counting queries GSq=0GS_q=0GSq​=0 forces a regime in which every output is accurate.
  • O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) instantiations. Lemma 3.8: ∣D′∣≤c0 dlog⁡(1/α)/α2|D'|\le c_0\,d\log(1/\alpha)/\alpha^2∣D′∣≤c0​dlog(1/α)/α2. Theorem 3.9: ∣Nα(C)∣≤∣X∣c0dlog⁡(1/α)/α2|N_\alpha(C)|\le|X|^{c_0 d\log(1/\alpha)/\alpha^2}∣Nα​(C)∣≤∣X∣c0​dlog(1/α)/α2 (real power). Theorem 3.10: the condition α≥cεα2n(dlog⁡∣X∣log⁡1α+log⁡1δ)\alpha\ge\frac{c}{\varepsilon\alpha^2n}(d\log|X|\log\frac1\alpha+\log\frac1\delta)α≥εα2nc​(dlog∣X∣logα1​+logδ1​). Each constant is absolute and quantified before the universe and the class. Theorem 3.10's (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ) is Corollary 3.5's (2α′,δ)(2\alpha',\delta)(2α′,δ) at α′=α/2\alpha'=\alpha/2α′=α/2, so the mechanism runs on a minimum α/2\alpha/2α/2-net. Lemma 3.7 and Theorem 3.6 round log⁡∣C∣/α2\log|C|/\alpha^2log∣C∣/α2 up and assume ∣C∣≥3|C|\ge3∣C∣≥3, as the paper's proof does.
  • Excluded corners, disclosed in each statement: d=0d=0d=0, α>12\alpha>\tfrac12α>21​. Logarithms are natural. The "solving for α" display O~(⋅)1/3\tilde O(\cdot)^{1/3}O~(⋅)1/3 of Theorem 3.10 is out of scope.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: usefulness is required of the Net mechanism as defined, whose output law is a genuine probability distribution over a nonempty net of nonempty databases (Property 3.3 records this), not of a zero measure, an empty net, or a net containing the empty database.

Welcome contributions: a general ε-approximation theorem for VC classes (Lemma 3.8), reusable well beyond this mission; a reusable exponential-mechanism privacy proof; the finite-range utility analysis of Property 3.4.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1, 2011; J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229
  • F. McSherry, K. Talwar, Mechanism Design via Differential Privacy, FOCS 2007. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2007.66
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • I. Dinur, K. Nissim, Revealing Information while Preserving Privacy, PODS 2003. https://doi.org/10.1145/773153.773173
  • M. Anthony, P. L. Bartlett, Neural Network Learning: Theoretical Foundations, Cambridge University Press, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511624216
  • V. N. Vapnik, Statistical Learning Theory, Wiley, 1998.
  • Y. Li, P. M. Long, A. Srinivasan, Improved Bounds on the Sample Complexity of Learning, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 62(3), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1006/jcss.2000.1741
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 3: No Differentially Private Mechanism Is Useful for Interval Queries over Real-Valued DatabasesResearch Paper

Motivation

Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim, Smith 2006) asks that a randomized algorithm run on a database behave almost identically whether or not any single record is changed. A central question for data curators is non-interactive release: publish, once, a sanitized object (ideally a synthetic database) from which analysts can answer many statistical queries accurately. Blum, Ligett and Roth (arXiv:1109.2229, JACM 2013) showed that over a discrete data universe this is possible for every class of counting queries of bounded VC-dimension, with accuracy governed by the VC-dimension and the logarithm of the universe size.

That dependence on the universe size raises an obvious question: can the discretization be removed? For real-valued data the class of interval queries ("what fraction of the records lies in [a,b][a,b][a,b]?") has VC-dimension 2, so a learning-theoretic intuition suggests that releasing a database accurate for all intervals should be easy. Section 5 of the paper shows that it is impossible under differential privacy. This mission formalizes that impossibility.

The phenomenon was later quantified: Bun, Nissim, Stemmer and Vadhan (FOCS 2015) showed that for approximate differential privacy, releasing threshold queries over a finite ordered domain of size NNN requires sample size growing with log⁡∗N\log^* Nlog∗N, so that the infinite case is impossible for approximate privacy as well. The present result is the pure-privacy statement for the real line.

Setting

A real-valued database of size n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 is a tuple z=(z1,…,zn)∈Rnz = (z_1,\dots,z_n) \in \mathbb R^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Rn. Two databases are neighbours if they differ in exactly one coordinate. A mechanism maps each database zzz to a probability distribution A(z)A(z)A(z) on a measurable output space OOO. It is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if for all neighbours z,z′z, z'z,z′ and all measurable S⊆OS \subseteq OS⊆O,

Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eε Pr⁡[A(z′)∈S].\Pr[A(z) \in S] \le e^{\varepsilon}\,\Pr[A(z') \in S].Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S].

For real a≤ba \le ba≤b the interval query is Q[a,b](z)=#{i:a≤zi≤b}/nQ_{[a,b]}(z) = \#\{i : a \le z_i \le b\}/nQ[a,b]​(z)=#{i:a≤zi​≤b}/n. A mechanism with a readout ans(o,a,b)\mathrm{ans}(o,a,b)ans(o,a,b) (the answer that output ooo gives to Q[a,b]Q_{[a,b]}Q[a,b]​; for synthetic data D^\hat DD^, ans(D^,a,b)=Q[a,b](D^)\mathrm{ans}(\hat D,a,b) = Q_{[a,b]}(\hat D)ans(D^,a,b)=Q[a,b]​(D^)) is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for interval queries if for every database zzz,

Pr⁡o∼A(z)[∀a≤b: ∣ans(o,a,b)−Q[a,b](z)∣≤α]≥1−δ.\Pr_{o\sim A(z)}\big[\forall a \le b:\ |\mathrm{ans}(o,a,b) - Q_{[a,b]}(z)| \le \alpha\big] \ge 1-\delta .o∼A(z)Pr​[∀a≤b: ∣ans(o,a,b)−Q[a,b]​(z)∣≤α]≥1−δ.

A real number rrr is a θ\thetaθ-percentile point of zzz (the paper's "50−δ,50+δ50-\delta, 50+\delta50−δ,50+δ percentile" with θ=δ/100\theta = \delta/100θ=δ/100) if at least (1/2−θ)n(1/2-\theta)n(1/2−θ)n entries satisfy zi≤rz_i \le rzi​≤r and at least (1/2−θ)n(1/2-\theta)n(1/2−θ)n entries satisfy zi≥rz_i \ge rzi​≥r. A mechanism with real outputs answers median queries usefully with positive probability if on every database its output is a θ\thetaθ-percentile point with positive probability.

In Lean, databases are Fin n → ℝ; neighbours and differential privacy are the published PrivLearn.Generic.Neighbors and PrivLearn.Generic.IsDP; the new objects are intervalQuery, IsPercentile, AnswersMedianUsefully and UsefulIntervals in PrivateRelease.Continuous.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.2 (p. 15)

For every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, ε≥0\varepsilon \ge 0ε≥0 and α,δ<1/2\alpha, \delta < 1/2α,δ<1/2, no ε\varepsilonε-differentially private mechanism with a measurable readout is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for interval queries on Rn\mathbb R^nRn:

IsDP(A,ε)  ⟹  ¬ UsefulIntervals(A,ans,α,δ).\mathrm{IsDP}(A,\varepsilon) \;\Longrightarrow\; \neg\,\mathrm{UsefulIntervals}(A,\mathrm{ans},\alpha,\delta).IsDP(A,ε)⟹¬UsefulIntervals(A,ans,α,δ).

No constant is hard-coded; the thresholds 1/21/21/2 are the paper's.

Milestone: Theorem 5.1 (p. 14)

For every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, 0≤θ<1/20 \le \theta < 1/20≤θ<1/2 and real ε\varepsilonε, no ε\varepsilonε-differentially private mechanism A:Rn→P(R)A : \mathbb R^n \to \mathcal P(\mathbb R)A:Rn→P(R) answers median queries usefully with positive probability on every database:

IsDP(A,ε)  ⟹  ∃z, Pr⁡r∼A(z)[r is a θ-percentile point of z]=0.\mathrm{IsDP}(A,\varepsilon) \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists z,\ \Pr_{r\sim A(z)}[r \text{ is a } \theta\text{-percentile point of } z] = 0 .IsDP(A,ε)⟹∃z, r∼A(z)Pr​[r is a θ-percentile point of z]=0.

Significance

The result. Corollary 5.2 is the reason the paper's general release mechanism needs a discretized data universe and why its halfspace mechanism (§6) relaxes usefulness to large-margin queries. More broadly it separates private release from non-private learning: the class of intervals is learnable from O(1/α2)O(1/\alpha^2)O(1/α2) samples without privacy, yet no pure-private mechanism can release it at all over R\mathbb RR. It anticipates the line of work on private learning of thresholds and the role of the domain size in private query release.

Formalizing it. Both statements are proved in the paper; neither is, to our knowledge, machine-checked. A formal proof needs the countability of the atoms of a finite measure on R\mathbb RR, the stability of differential privacy under measurable post-processing, and a measurable selection of a percentile point from approximate interval answers. These pieces (especially post-processing for general measurable outputs) are reusable across formalized differential privacy.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for Theorem 5.1, a direct comparison of two neighbouring databases, gives nothing: changing one record moves the percentile set only slightly, and differential privacy allows each probability to change by a factor eεe^{\varepsilon}eε, so no single pair of neighbours yields a contradiction. A naive appeal to "the median reveals a record" also fails, since the statement must exclude even mechanisms that are correct with tiny positive probability.

For Corollary 5.2 the difficulty is measure-theoretic: the usefulness event intersects uncountably many conditions, the release must be converted into a single real output measurably, and the converted output must be a percentile point on the useful event for every real database, not only those in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Databases are ordered tuples Fin n → ℝ with n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; the paper's neighbour relation "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'| \le 1∣DΔD′∣≤1" is read as replace-one-entry.
  • Mechanisms are families of probability measures (IsProbabilityMeasure (A z) is a hypothesis). Theorem 5.1's outputs live in R\mathbb RR with its Borel σ-algebra.
  • Interval queries use closed intervals [a,b][a,b][a,b] with a≤ba \le ba≤b, as in the paper's indicator Ia1,a2I_{a_1,a_2}Ia1​,a2​​ (p. 12).
  • Usefulness is required on every database in Rn\mathbb R^nRn (Definition 2.10 with X=RX = \mathbb RX=R). The usefulness event need not be measurable; its probability is the outer measure.
  • The goal is stated for an arbitrary measurable output space with a readout ans\mathrm{ans}ans measurable in the output for each fixed query. Synthetic data is a special case, so the formal goal is at least as strong as the paper's. The readout's measurability is necessary for the statement to be true with outer measures.
  • The percentile set counts entries equal to rrr on both sides. A one-sided reading (#{zi≤r}/n∈[1/2−θ,1/2+θ]\#\{z_i \le r\}/n \in [1/2-\theta, 1/2+\theta]#{zi​≤r}/n∈[1/2−θ,1/2+θ]) makes the set empty for constant databases, so that Theorem 5.1 would hold vacuously; the chosen definition always contains a sample median and equals {c}\{c\}{c} on a constant database (c,…,c)(c,\dots,c)(c,…,c) (both facts were checked locally in Lean).
  • Trivializing readings are ruled out: the percentile set is never empty, the mechanism is a probability measure (the zero measure is differentially private), and n=0n = 0n=0 (no neighbours, Q=0/0=0Q = 0/0 = 0Q=0/0=0 in Lean) is excluded.
  • There is no O(·)/Ω(·) in this section, so no constant was instantiated.
  • Not formalized: the clause of Corollary 5.2 "nor for any class CCC that generalizes interval queries to higher dimensions (for example, halfspaces, axis-aligned rectangles, or spheres)", because the paper does not define "generalizes".

Contributions welcome: a proof of Theorem 5.1; a general post-processing lemma for IsDP; the reduction from interval usefulness to median answers.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1, 2011; J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229, https://doi.org/10.1145/2450142.2450148
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • M. Bun, K. Nissim, U. Stemmer, S. Vadhan, Differentially Private Release and Learning of Threshold Functions, FOCS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.07553
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 4: (ε, β)-Distributional Privacy with β = o(1/n²) Implies ε-Differential PrivacyResearch Paper

Motivation

Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith 2006) is the standard guarantee for releasing statistics about a sensitive database: replacing one record changes the probability of any outcome by at most a factor eεe^{\varepsilon}eε. In their paper on non-interactive database privacy, Blum, Ligett and Roth propose an alternative motivated by learning theory, distributional privacy. When a database is a sample from a population, a release should reveal no more about the sample than is inherent in the population itself. Their example is a group of hospitals, each treating a random sample of the patients with a disease in a region: a hospital can publish information that describes the regional population without revealing which hospital's patients produced it.

The two notions look incomparable at first. Differential privacy protects only databases that differ in one record, but protects every such pair; distributional privacy can protect databases that differ in all their records, but only for typical pairs, and it tolerates a small failure probability β\betaβ. §7 of the paper (p. 19) shows that distributional privacy is the stronger notion once β\betaβ is small compared with 1/n21/n^21/n2. This mission formalizes that implication, Theorem 7.3.

Setting

Fix a data universe XXX and a measurable space RRR of outputs. In §7 a database of size nnn is a set D⊆XD\subseteq XD⊆X with ∣D∣=n|D|=n∣D∣=n; databases are drawn without replacement, so they have no repeated elements. A mechanism AAA assigns to each database DDD of size nnn the probability law A(D)A(D)A(D) of its random output, a measure on RRR, and Pr⁡[A(D)∈E]\Pr[A(D)\in E]Pr[A(D)∈E] denotes A(D)(E)A(D)(E)A(D)(E).

  • Two databases D,D′D,D'D,D′ of size nnn are neighbours if D′D'D′ is obtained from DDD by replacing one element: ∣D∖D′∣=1|D\setminus D'|=1∣D∖D′∣=1.
  • AAA is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private (Definition 2.1, p. 5) if Pr⁡[A(D)∈E]≤eεPr⁡[A(D′)∈E]\Pr[A(D)\in E]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(D')\in E]Pr[A(D)∈E]≤eεPr[A(D′)∈E] for all neighbours D,D′D,D'D,D′ and all measurable events E⊆RE\subseteq RE⊆R.
  • For a finite population S⊆XS\subseteq XS⊆X with ∣S∣≥n|S|\ge n∣S∣≥n, two SSS-neighbours D1,D2D_1,D_2D1​,D2​ (Definition 7.1) are drawn independently, each uniformly among the nnn-element subsets of SSS.
  • A pair (D1,D2)(D_1,D_2)(D1​,D2​) is good if Pr⁡[A(D1)∈E]≤eεPr⁡[A(D2)∈E]\Pr[A(D_1)\in E]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(D_2)\in E]Pr[A(D1​)∈E]≤eεPr[A(D2​)∈E] for all measurable EEE simultaneously.
  • AAA is (ε,β)(\varepsilon,\beta)(ε,β)-distributionally private (Definition 7.2) if, for every such SSS, the SSS-neighbours form a good pair with probability at least 1−β1-\beta1−β; equivalently, at most β(∣S∣n)2\beta\binom{|S|}{n}^2β(n∣S∣​)2 ordered pairs of nnn-subsets of SSS are bad.

The Lean development uses the same names: SetNeighbors, IsDPSet, GoodPair, badPairCount and IsDistPrivate in the namespace PrivateRelease.Distributional.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3

For a family of mechanisms (An)n(A_n)_n(An​)n​, one per database size, and failure probabilities βn=o(1/n2)\beta_n=o(1/n^2)βn​=o(1/n2):

n2βn→0  and  An is (ε,βn)-distributionally private for all n ⟹ An is ε-differentially private for all sufficiently large n.n^2\beta_n\to0\ \text{ and }\ A_n\text{ is }(\varepsilon,\beta_n)\text{-distributionally private for all }n\ \Longrightarrow\ A_n\text{ is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private for all sufficiently large }n.n2βn​→0  and  An​ is (ε,βn​)-distributionally private for all n ⟹ An​ is ε-differentially private for all sufficiently large n.

The goal keeps the paper's asymptotic hypothesis and leaves the rate of βn\beta_nβn​ unfixed beyond o(1/n2)o(1/n^2)o(1/n2).

Milestone: the fixed-size statement

For a single size nnn, the threshold the paper's argument actually uses:

β<1(n+1)2  and  A is (ε,β)-distributionally private ⟹ A is ε-differentially private on databases of size n.\beta<\frac{1}{(n+1)^2}\ \text{ and }\ A\text{ is }(\varepsilon,\beta)\text{-distributionally private}\ \Longrightarrow\ A\text{ is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private on databases of size }n.β<(n+1)21​  and  A is (ε,β)-distributionally private ⟹ A is ε-differentially private on databases of size n.

The goal follows from it, since n2βn→0n^2\beta_n\to0n2βn​→0 forces βn<1/(n+1)2\beta_n<1/(n+1)^2βn​<1/(n+1)2 eventually.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 places distributional privacy above differential privacy: a mechanism designed for the distributional guarantee automatically inherits every consequence of differential privacy, including its composition properties and its robustness to auxiliary information about individuals. The paper complements it with a separation (Theorem 7.5), so the inclusion is strict. A footnote extends the conclusion to tεt\varepsilontε-privacy for databases that differ in ttt elements.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The value of the formalization lies in fixing the definitions. Definition 7.2 is informal about the sampling model ("drawn at random without replacement"), about whether the guarantee holds for all events at once or event by event, and about what β=o(1/n2)\beta=o(1/n^2)β=o(1/n2) means for a mechanism defined on one database size. The proof's count "with probability 2/n22/n^22/n2" is also loose: the exact probability of a given unordered pair is 2/(n+1)22/(n+1)^22/(n+1)2. The mission records one precise reading of each and the theorem under it, and the definitions are reusable for further work on distributional privacy and on the paper's separation result.

Difficulty

The mathematics is short; the difficulty is in the encoding. The step that fails under a careless reading is the passage from "with probability 1−β1-\beta1−β" to "with certainty": it requires the population SSS to be finite and small (the proof takes ∣S∣=n+1|S|=n+1∣S∣=n+1), so that a single pair has probability bounded below. If the guarantee is read event by event (for each EEE, most pairs satisfy the inequality for that EEE), the counting argument still applies to each event separately, but the definition is weaker than the paper's. If databases are allowed to repeat elements, the theorem is false, because distributional privacy never examines a database with repetitions while differential privacy does.

Formalization scope

  • Databases are Finset X of cardinality nnn; a mechanism is A : Finset X → Measure R, and only its values on nnn-element sets matter. [DecidableEq X] is assumed for set difference.
  • Neighbours replace one element ((D \ D').card = 1). The paper's literal "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'|\le1∣DΔD′∣≤1" holds for equal-size sets only when D=D′D=D'D=D′; the replace-one reading is the intended one.
  • Events are measurable subsets of RRR; with the σ-algebra ⊤\top⊤ on RRR these are all sets.
  • Only finite populations SSS are quantified. This weakens the hypothesis of Theorem 7.3 and so makes the theorem stronger. The two draws are independent, and pairs are counted as ordered pairs.
  • The asymptotic hypothesis is Tendsto (fun n => n^2 * β n) atTop (𝓝 0) and the conclusion is ∀ᶠ n in atTop; the claim for every nnn would be false at small nnn.
  • No probability-measure hypothesis is imposed: the theorem is an implication between two families of inequalities. The hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance by any constant mechanism.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: β\betaβ is constrained by n2βn→0n^2\beta_n\to0n2βn​→0, since for β≥1\beta\ge1β≥1 distributional privacy holds for every mechanism and the implication would be false; and the bad event is "some measurable EEE violates the inequality", not a per-event condition.
  • Explicit thresholds: the paper's "β=o(1/n2)\beta=o(1/n^2)β=o(1/n2)" with its count "2/n22/n^22/n2" becomes β<1/(n+1)2\beta<1/(n+1)^2β<1/(n+1)2 in the fixed-size milestone; no other O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) appears.
  • Out of scope: Theorem 7.5 (the separation) with Definition 7.4, because its query Q2/εQ_{2/\varepsilon}Q2/ε​ needs 2/ε∈N2/\varepsilon\in\mathbb N2/ε∈N, its databases are bit-vectors rather than sets, and "with constant probability" is never quantified.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestone and the goal, and the footnote's tεt\varepsilontε extension for databases differing in ttt elements, stated as a new theorem.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1, 2011; J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229 , https://doi.org/10.1145/2450142.2450148
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
3 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy 2: An ε-Differentially Private Mechanism Useful on Databases of Size at Most VCDIM(C)/2 Has Error α ≥ Ω(1/(4+16ε))Research Paper

Motivation

A data curator holds a database of nnn records and wants to publish answers to a large family of statistical questions about it without revealing any individual record. Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim, Smith 2006) makes the requirement precise, and the most basic questions are counting queries: what fraction of the records satisfy a given predicate? Blum, Ligett and Roth (arXiv:1109.2229, JACM 2013) showed that a single private release can answer every query of a class CCC to error α\alphaα once the database has size roughly log⁡∣X∣⋅VCDIM(C)/(α3ϵ)\log|X| \cdot \mathrm{VCDIM}(C)/(\alpha^3\epsilon)log∣X∣⋅VCDIM(C)/(α3ϵ), so that the sample size depends on the class only through its VC-dimension, a quantity from learning theory.

This mission formalizes the converse in §3.1 of that paper: the dependence on the VC-dimension cannot be removed. On databases of fewer than VCDIM(C)/2\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)/2VCDIM(C)/2 records, every differentially private mechanism has constant error on some query of CCC. The argument is an early instance of the reconstruction attack idea of Dinur and Nissim (2003): accurate answers to many counting queries determine the database, and a mechanism that determines its input cannot be private.

Setting

Let XXX be a set (the data universe). An input database of size nnn is a tuple z=(z1,…,zn)∈Xnz = (z_1,\dots,z_n) \in X^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Xn. A predicate is a map φ:X→{0,1}\varphi : X \to \{0,1\}φ:X→{0,1}, and its counting query is

Qφ(z)=1n #{i:φ(zi)=1}.Q_\varphi(z) = \frac{1}{n}\,\#\{i : \varphi(z_i) = 1\}.Qφ​(z)=n1​#{i:φ(zi​)=1}.

A class CCC of predicates is identified with its class of counting queries. A finite set S⊆XS \subseteq XS⊆X is shattered by CCC if every function S→{0,1}S \to \{0,1\}S→{0,1} is the restriction of some φ∈C\varphi \in Cφ∈C; the VC-dimension VCDIM(C)∈N∪{∞}\mathrm{VCDIM}(C) \in \mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}VCDIM(C)∈N∪{∞} is the supremum of the sizes of shattered sets.

A mechanism MMM maps each input z∈Xnz \in X^nz∈Xn to a probability distribution M(z)M(z)M(z) on an output space OOO; an output ooo is read through an answer map ans(o,φ)∈R\mathrm{ans}(o, \varphi) \in \mathbb Rans(o,φ)∈R. Two inputs are neighbours if they differ in exactly one entry. The mechanism is ϵ\epsilonϵ-differentially private if M(z)(E)≤eϵM(z′)(E)M(z)(E) \le e^{\epsilon} M(z')(E)M(z)(E)≤eϵM(z′)(E) for all neighbours z,z′z, z'z,z′ and all measurable events EEE. It is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for CCC if for every input zzz, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over o∼M(z)o \sim M(z)o∼M(z), every query is answered to within α\alphaα:

∀φ∈C:∣ans(o,φ)−Qφ(z)∣≤α.\forall \varphi \in C:\quad |\mathrm{ans}(o,\varphi) - Q_\varphi(z)| \le \alpha .∀φ∈C:∣ans(o,φ)−Qφ​(z)∣≤α.

In the paper the output is a synthetic database D^\hat DD^ and ans(D^,φ)=Qφ(D^)\mathrm{ans}(\hat D,\varphi) = Q_\varphi(\hat D)ans(D^,φ)=Qφ​(D^).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.11 (p. 11)

There is an absolute constant c>0c > 0c>0 such that for every universe XXX, class CCC, size n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with n≤VCDIM(C)/2n \le \mathrm{VCDIM}(C)/2n≤VCDIM(C)/2, 0≤ϵ≤10 \le \epsilon \le 10≤ϵ≤1 and 0<δ≤1/40 < \delta \le 1/40<δ≤1/4: every ϵ\epsilonϵ-differentially private mechanism that is (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful for CCC on databases of size nnn satisfies

α ≥ c4+16ϵ.\alpha \ \ge\ \frac{c}{4 + 16\epsilon}.α ≥ 4+16ϵc​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.12. For a set SSS of size ddd and the family DS\mathcal D_SDS​ of its subsets of size d/2d/2d/2, and QTQ_TQT​ the counting query of a predicate equal to the indicator of TTT on SSS: QT(T)−QT(T′)=∣TΔT′∣/dQ_T(T) - Q_T(T') = |T\Delta T'|/dQT​(T)−QT​(T′)=∣TΔT′∣/d for T,T′∈DST, T' \in \mathcal D_ST,T′∈DS​.
  2. Lemma 3.13. For an (α,δ)(\alpha,\delta)(α,δ)-useful mechanism, a fixed procedure recovers from M(T)M(T)M(T) a set T′∈DST' \in \mathcal D_ST′∈DS​ with ∣T′ΔT∣≤2dα|T'\Delta T| \le 2d\alpha∣T′ΔT∣≤2dα, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ.
  3. The final inequality of the proof (p. 12), with δ\deltaδ kept. Under the goal's hypotheses with 0<δ<10 < \delta < 10<δ<1 and any ϵ\epsilonϵ:
(1−δ)(1−2α) ≤ eϵ(δ+2α).(1-\delta)(1-2\alpha) \ \le\ e^{\epsilon}(\delta + 2\alpha).(1−δ)(1−2α) ≤ eϵ(δ+2α).

Significance

Theorem 3.11 shows that the VC-dimension term in the paper's upper bound is necessary: for a class of VC-dimension ddd, no private mechanism is accurate on databases of size below d/2d/2d/2, whatever its running time. It thereby locates the sample complexity of private query release between VCDIM(C)\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)VCDIM(C) and VCDIM(C)⋅log⁡∣X∣\mathrm{VCDIM}(C)\cdot\log|X|VCDIM(C)⋅log∣X∣ up to accuracy and privacy factors, a gap that later work on private learning and on fingerprinting codes studied in detail (Bun, Ullman, Vadhan 2014).

The theorem is proved in the paper; to the best of current knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it produces a checked reconstruction-attack lower bound for differential privacy, together with the corrected statement disclosed below: the printed proof drops the failure probability δ\deltaδ of the two reconstructions, and keeping it shows that the conclusion requires δ\deltaδ below 1/(1+eϵ)1/(1+e^{\epsilon})1/(1+eϵ), not merely "bounded away from 1". Milestone 3 records the inequality the argument actually yields.

Difficulty

The combinatorial core (Lemmas 3.12 and 3.13) is elementary. The difficulty lies in the last step, which compares the output distributions on two different inputs. The paper argues about a uniformly random T∈DST \in \mathcal D_ST∈DS​, a random element x∈Tx \in Tx∈T and a random y∉Ty \notin Ty∈/T, and the swapped set T^=(T∖{x})∪{y}\hat T = (T\setminus\{x\})\cup\{y\}T^=(T∖{x})∪{y}. Privacy applies to one fixed pair of neighbouring inputs and one fixed event, while the reconstruction guarantee only controls ∣T′ΔT∣|T'\Delta T|∣T′ΔT∣, not whether a particular element is recovered. The "probabilities" Pr⁡[x∈T′]\Pr[x \in T']Pr[x∈T′] of the printed proof mix the mechanism's randomness with the random choice of TTT, xxx, yyy, and they are not the probability of any single event under any single M(z)M(z)M(z), so the privacy inequality cannot be applied to them as written. The reconstruction event must also be measurable, which depends on the readout, and the failure probability δ\deltaδ must be carried through both reconstructions. A proof that sets δ=0\delta = 0δ=0, as the printed one does, does not prove the stated theorem.

Formalization scope

  • Databases. Inputs are Fin n → X with n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; the empty database is excluded because every mechanism is private on it and Qφ=0/0Q_\varphi = 0/0Qφ​=0/0 there. In the proof, a set T∈DST \in \mathcal D_ST∈DS​ is given to the mechanism as any injective listing of its elements.
  • Neighbours. The paper's "∣DΔD′∣≤1|D\Delta D'| \le 1∣DΔD′∣≤1" for databases of equal size is read as replacing one entry (PrivLearn.Generic.Neighbors); read literally, it would make every mechanism private and the theorem false. Under this reading TTT and T^\hat TT^ are neighbours, so the paper's factor e2ϵe^{2\epsilon}e2ϵ becomes eϵe^{\epsilon}eϵ.
  • Mechanisms. The output space is an arbitrary measurable space and answers are read through ans. Synthetic-data mechanisms are the special case O=O = O= databases, so the lower bound covers a larger class of mechanisms. The hypotheses require IsProbabilityMeasure (M z) and the measurability of o ↦ ans o φ for φ∈C\varphi \in Cφ∈C. Without the first, the zero measure is private; without the second, a mechanism into a trivial σ\sigmaσ-algebra would be private and "useful".
  • Ω and the range of δ. The paper writes α≥Ω(1/(4+16ϵ))\alpha \ge \Omega(1/(4+16\epsilon))α≥Ω(1/(4+16ϵ)) for "0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 bounded away from 1 by a constant". The Lean goal quantifies one absolute constant c>0c > 0c>0 before every other binder and assumes 0<δ≤1/40 < \delta \le 1/40<δ≤1/4. The proof gives α≥((1−δ)−eϵδ)/(2(1−δ+eϵ))\alpha \ge ((1-\delta) - e^{\epsilon}\delta)/(2(1-\delta+e^{\epsilon}))α≥((1−δ)−eϵδ)/(2(1−δ+eϵ)), which is positive only for δ<1/(1+eϵ)\delta < 1/(1+e^{\epsilon})δ<1/(1+eϵ) (about 0.270.270.27 at ϵ=1\epsilon=1ϵ=1). The hypotheses ϵ≤1\epsilon \le 1ϵ≤1 and n≤VCDIM(C)/2n \le \mathrm{VCDIM}(C)/2n≤VCDIM(C)/2 are the paper's, the latter written 2n≤VCDIM(C)2n \le \mathrm{VCDIM}(C)2n≤VCDIM(C) in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}.
  • Ruled out. The statement quantifies over every mechanism satisfying the hypotheses, randomized or not, so no restriction to deterministic or constant-output mechanisms makes the bound easy. The usefulness event is weighed by a probability measure, so the zero measure cannot be "useful". The constant cannot depend on nnn, ddd, XXX or CCC.
  • Infrastructure. The development reuses the published PrivLearn.Generic.Privacy (neighbours, IsDP) and Vershynin's HighDimProb.Chaining.Shatters and vcDim. Contributions needed: subsets of shattered sets are shattered, and 2n≤VCDIM(C)2n \le \mathrm{VCDIM}(C)2n≤VCDIM(C) yields a shattered set of size exactly 2n2n2n; measurability of the argmin reconstruction; the averaging/bijection argument. The first two are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Blum, K. Ligett, A. Roth, A Learning Theory Approach to Non-Interactive Database Privacy, arXiv:1109.2229v1 (2011); J. ACM 60(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1109.2229 , https://doi.org/10.1145/2450142.2450148
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • I. Dinur, K. Nissim, Revealing Information while Preserving Privacy, PODS 2003. https://doi.org/10.1145/773153.773173
  • M. Bun, J. Ullman, S. Vadhan, Fingerprinting Codes and the Price of Approximate Differential Privacy, STOC 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1311.3158
  • R. Vershynin, High-Dimensional Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2018, §8.3 (VC dimension). https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108231596
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Matroid Prophet Inequalities 2: On an Intersection of p Matroids, the Summed-Threshold Algorithm Earns at Least 1/(4p−2) of the Expected OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

A prophet inequality compares a gambler who sees independent random rewards one at a time, and must accept or reject each on arrival, with a prophet who sees all rewards in advance. The classical inequality of Krengel, Sucheston and Garling (1977–78, as cited in the paper) says that when only one reward may be kept, a single threshold rule earns at least half of E[max⁡iXi]\mathbb E[\max_i X_i]E[maxi​Xi​], and Samuel-Cahn (1984) showed that the threshold can be chosen as a median. Such statements are the analytical core of sequential posted-price mechanisms: Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Sandholm (2007) observed that threshold rules are truthful online auctions, and Chawla, Hartline, Malec and Sivan (2010) showed that sequential posted prices approximate the optimal Bayesian revenue in many settings, with prophet inequalities for the feasibility constraint as the key technique.

When several items may be accepted subject to a combinatorial constraint, the natural constraints in this application are matroids (for example, at most kkk items, or at most one item per group) and intersections of matroids (for example, bipartite matchings, which are intersections of two partition matroids). Kleinberg and Weinberg (STOC 2012) proved that for every matroid there is an online algorithm with expected payoff at least half of the expected maximum-weight basis, and that for the intersection of ppp matroids the summed version of the same algorithm earns at least 14p−2\frac{1}{4p-2}4p−21​ of the expected optimum. This mission formalizes the second result.

Timeline:

  • 1977–78: Krengel–Sucheston and Garling, single-choice prophet inequality with factor 2.
  • 1984: Samuel-Cahn, the median threshold rule attains factor 2.
  • 2007: Hajiaghayi–Kleinberg–Sandholm, threshold rules from prophet inequalities read as truthful online auction mechanisms.
  • 2010: Chawla–Hartline–Malec–Sivan, sequential posted pricing; factor 2 for matroids when the algorithm may choose the order in which elements are observed.
  • 2012: Kleinberg–Weinberg, factor 2 for matroids and 4p−24p-24p−2 for intersections of ppp matroids, against online weight-adaptive adversaries.

Setting

A finite ground set U\mathcal UU carries p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 matroids M1,…,Mp\mathcal M_1,\dots,\mathcal M_pM1​,…,Mp​ with independent sets I1,…,Ip\mathcal I_1,\dots,\mathcal I_pI1​,…,Ip​ and closure operators cl1,…,clp\mathrm{cl}_1,\dots,\mathrm{cl}_pcl1​,…,clp​. A set is feasible if it lies in I=⋂jIj\mathcal I = \bigcap_j \mathcal I_jI=⋂j​Ij​. Each element xxx has a random weight w(x)≥0w(x) \ge 0w(x)≥0; the weights are independent and w(x)w(x)w(x) has law FxF_xFx​. For a set SSS, w(S)=∑x∈Sw(x)w(S) = \sum_{x \in S} w(x)w(S)=∑x∈S​w(x), OPT(w)=max⁡{w(S):S∈I}\mathrm{OPT}(w) = \max\{w(S) : S \in \mathcal I\}OPT(w)=max{w(S):S∈I}, and OPT=E[OPT(w)]\mathrm{OPT} = \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(w)]OPT=E[OPT(w)].

An online weight-adaptive adversary reveals the elements one at a time; it chooses the iii-th element xix_ixi​ after learning w(x1),…,w(xi−1)w(x_1),\dots,w(x_{i-1})w(x1​),…,w(xi−1​), but without knowing w(xi)w(x_i)w(xi​) or any other unrevealed weight. A threshold algorithm offers xix_ixi​ a threshold TiT_iTi​ computed from what has been revealed and from the set Ai−1A_{i-1}Ai−1​ already selected, and selects xix_ixi​ exactly when Ai−1∪{xi}∈IA_{i-1}\cup\{x_i\}\in\mathcal IAi−1​∪{xi​}∈I and w(xi)≥Tiw(x_i) \ge T_iw(xi​)≥Ti​.

The algorithm of the paper uses a ghost sample w′w'w′, an independent copy of www. Let BBB be a w′w'w′-maximum feasible set. For a set AAA and each jjj, Rj(A)⊆B∖AR_j(A) \subseteq B \setminus ARj​(A)⊆B∖A is a set of maximum w′w'w′-weight with A∪Rj(A)∈IjA \cup R_j(A) \in \mathcal I_jA∪Rj​(A)∈Ij​ and B⊆clj(A∪Rj(A))B \subseteq \mathrm{cl}_j(A \cup R_j(A))B⊆clj​(A∪Rj​(A)), and Cj(A)=B∖Rj(A)C_j(A) = B \setminus R_j(A)Cj​(A)=B∖Rj​(A). Put R(A)=⋂jRj(A)R(A) = \bigcap_j R_j(A)R(A)=⋂j​Rj​(A) and C(A)=⋃jCj(A)C(A) = \bigcup_j C_j(A)C(A)=⋃j​Cj​(A). For a parameter α\alphaα, the summed thresholds are

T(A,i)=∑j=1p1α Ew′[w′(Rj(A))−w′(Rj(A∪{xi}))],T(A,i) = \sum_{j=1}^p \frac1\alpha\, \mathbb E_{w'}\big[w'(R_j(A)) - w'(R_j(A \cup \{x_i\}))\big],T(A,i)=j=1∑p​α1​Ew′​[w′(Rj​(A))−w′(Rj​(A∪{xi​}))],

and the algorithm of §4.2 uses Ti=T(Ai−1,i)T_i = T(A_{i-1}, i)Ti​=T(Ai−1​,i). An algorithm has α\alphaα-balanced thresholds (Definition 3) if, for every input sequence with selected set AAA and every VVV disjoint from AAA with A∪V∈IA \cup V \in \mathcal IA∪V∈I,

∑xi∈ATi≥1αE[∑jw′(Cj(A))],∑xi∈VTi≤1αE[∑jw′(Rj(A))].\sum_{x_i\in A} T_i \ge \frac1\alpha \mathbb E\Big[\sum_j w'(C_j(A))\Big], \qquad \sum_{x_i\in V} T_i \le \frac1\alpha \mathbb E\Big[\sum_j w'(R_j(A))\Big].xi​∈A∑​Ti​≥α1​E[j∑​w′(Cj​(A))],xi​∈V∑​Ti​≤α1​E[j∑​w′(Rj​(A))].

Formalization targets

Goal: the prophet inequality for ppp matroids

For every p≥1p \ge 1p≥1, all matroids M1,…,Mp\mathcal M_1,\dots,\mathcal M_pM1​,…,Mp​ on U\mathcal UU, all laws FxF_xFx​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite means, and every online weight-adaptive adversary, the algorithm of §4.2 with α=2p\alpha = 2pα=2p selects a set AAA with

E[w(A)]≥14p−2 E[OPT(w)].\mathbb E[w(A)] \ge \frac{1}{4p-2}\, \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(w)].E[w(A)]≥4p−21​E[OPT(w)].

For p=1p = 1p=1 this is the factor-2 matroid prophet inequality.

Proposition 3

If a threshold algorithm has α\alphaα-balanced thresholds for some α≥2\alpha \ge 2α≥2, then against every online weight-adaptive adversary

E[w(A)]≥α−pα(α−1) OPT.\mathbb E[w(A)] \ge \frac{\alpha - p}{\alpha(\alpha-1)}\, \mathrm{OPT}.E[w(A)]≥α(α−1)α−p​OPT.

Milestones

Proposition 2 for each matroid Mj\mathcal M_jMj​; the identity between the two forms of T(A,i,j)T(A,i,j)T(A,i,j); properties (13) and (14) for the summed thresholds; the identities (20)–(21); and the inequalities (23)–(24) of Appendix A. Together with Proposition 3 these give the goal.

Significance

The bound gives a posted-price style selection rule for any feasibility constraint that is an intersection of ppp matroids, with a guarantee depending only on ppp; the paper's §5 shows that a ratio of order ppp is necessary. Section 6 of the paper turns the result into sequential posted-price mechanisms for multi-dimensional mechanism design, and that application needs the guarantee against the online weight-adaptive adversary, not only against a fixed order. The reduction "balanced thresholds imply an approximation" (Proposition 3) is reusable for other threshold constructions.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. The mission produces a formal proof of the 14p−2\frac{1}{4p-2}4p−21​ guarantee, with the probabilistic part (the ghost-sample argument against an adaptive adversary) and the combinatorial part (the per-matroid exchange inequality) as separate milestones. The paper justifies the per-matroid use of Proposition 2 in one paragraph; because BBB maximizes w′w'w′ over the intersection rather than over Ij\mathcal I_jIj​, the description of Rj(A)R_j(A)Rj​(A) as a maximum-weight basis of a contraction (Lemma 2 in the single-matroid case) does not apply verbatim, and the formal proof of that milestone is not a copy of the paper's single-matroid argument.

Difficulty

Two steps do not follow from routine bookkeeping. First, the inequality (23) compares the gambler's surplus, collected along an order that the adversary adapts to the realized weights, with the ghost sample's surplus on the random set R(A)R(A)R(A). The index xix_ixi​ revealed at step iii is itself random, so the step "the weight of the element offered next is distributed as its ghost weight" has to be justified for an adaptively chosen index under a product measure; it fails for an adversary that may look at unrevealed weights. Second, the paper obtains (14) by applying the single-matroid Proposition 2 to each Mj\mathcal M_jMj​, but its proof of Proposition 2 describes R(A)R(A)R(A) as a maximum-weight basis of a contraction, which uses that BBB is optimal for the matroid in question. Here BBB is optimal only for the intersection I\mathcal II, so the obvious transfer of the single-matroid argument does not go through as written and the per-matroid statement needs its own proof.

Formalization scope

The ground set is a Fintype; the matroids are Mathlib's Matroid α, indexed by Fin p, each with ground set Set.univ; sets are Finset α. Weights are functions α → ℝ, the weight law is Measure.pi F, and every theorem assumes each F x is a probability measure with F x (Iio 0) = 0 and a finite mean. Expectations are Bochner integrals; under these assumptions every integrand is integrable. Ties in the maximizers BBB and Rj(A)R_j(A)Rj​(A) are broken by a fixed rule that does not depend on the weights. Rj(A)R_j(A)Rj​(A) is taken disjoint from AAA. The threshold ∞\infty∞ on infeasible steps is a feasibility test in the selection rule. Adversaries and generic threshold rules are deterministic, see only revealed weights, and are measurable in them; randomized adversaries are mixtures of deterministic ones. Generic thresholds in Proposition 3, (23) and (24) are non-negative, as in the paper's Ti∈R+∪{∞}T_i \in \mathbb R_+ \cup \{\infty\}Ti​∈R+​∪{∞}.

The goal fixes the thresholds to the summed thresholds of §4.2 with α=2p\alpha = 2pα=2p, computed from the ghost-sample objects. A version in which the thresholds are free parameters assumed to satisfy (13)–(14) would be Proposition 3 itself and is ruled out; conversely, Proposition 3 does not mention the §4.2 thresholds.

A complete development needs: elementary facts about maximizers over finite families; matroid exchange properties (a bijective exchange between equal-size independent sets, available in Schrijver's book but not in Mathlib); submodularity of weighted-rank-type functions; and the independence argument for adaptively chosen indices under a product measure. The last two are reusable beyond this mission, as is Proposition 3. Proofs of individual milestones and of these auxiliary facts are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Kleinberg, S. M. Weinberg, Matroid Prophet Inequalities, STOC 2012; arXiv:1201.4764v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.4764, https://doi.org/10.1145/2213977.2213991
  • U. Krengel, L. Sucheston, Semiamarts and finite values, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 83 (1977), 745–747.
  • E. Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of threshold stop rules and maximum for independent nonnegative random variables, Ann. Probab. 12 (1984). https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993150
  • M. T. Hajiaghayi, R. Kleinberg, T. Sandholm, Automated online mechanism design and prophet inequalities, Proc. 22nd AAAI Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 2007, pp. 58–65.
  • S. Chawla, J. Hartline, D. Malec, B. Sivan, Multi-parameter mechanism design and sequential posted pricing, STOC 2010, pp. 311–320; arXiv:0907.2435. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.2435
  • A. Schrijver, Combinatorial Optimization: Polyhedra and Efficiency, Springer 2003 (Corollary 39.12a).
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Verification and Hardness of Distributed Approximation: Simulation Theorem — Time R < (dᵖ−1)/2 on G(Γ,d,p) with B-Bit Messages Gives an ε-Error Two-Party Protocol with 2dpB·R BitsResearch Paper

Motivation

In distributed computing, many graph problems (minimum spanning tree, shortest paths, connectivity checks) are solved by processors that sit at the vertices of the input network and communicate only along its edges. When every edge can carry only a few bits per round, the number of rounds an algorithm needs can be far larger than the network's diameter. Understanding by how much is the central question of the CONGEST (here: B) model of Peleg's monograph Distributed Computing: A Locality-Sensitive Approach (SIAM, 2000).

Das Sarma, Holzer, Kor, Korman, Nanongkai, Pandurangan, Peleg and Wattenhofer (SIAM J. Comput. 41 (2012) 1235–1265) proved round lower bounds for a long list of verification problems (is a given subgraph a spanning tree, a cut, a Hamiltonian cycle, …) and for approximating optimization problems such as the minimum spanning tree and shortest paths. Every one of those bounds goes through a single reduction, the Simulation Theorem (Theorem 3.1), which transfers lower bounds from two-party communication complexity to distributed algorithms.

Timeline:

  • 2000: Peleg and Rubinovich (SIAM J. Comput. 30) prove an Ω~(n)\tilde\Omega(\sqrt n)Ω~(n​) lower bound for distributed MST construction on a family of graphs built from paths and a tree.
  • 2006: Elkin (SIAM J. Comput. 36) extends it to MST approximation, using the networks G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) (reference [10] of the paper).
  • 2011–2012: Das Sarma et al. isolate the Simulation Theorem as a general reduction for arbitrary Boolean functions fff and derive lower bounds for many verification and approximation problems.

Setting

A B-model network is an undirected graph whose vertices are processors with unbounded local computation. Computation proceeds in synchronous rounds; in each round, every vertex sends a message of BBB bits along each incident edge in each direction, then updates its local state from its old state and the messages it received. Two vertices sss and rrr hold inputs x,y∈{0,1}bx,y\in\{0,1\}^bx,y∈{0,1}b; all other vertices start without input. A public-coin randomized algorithm additionally lets all vertices read a shared random string. It computes f:{0,1}b×{0,1}b→{0,1}f:\{0,1\}^b\times\{0,1\}^b\to\{0,1\}f:{0,1}b×{0,1}b→{0,1} with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error in TTT rounds if, for every (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), both sss and rrr output f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y) after round TTT with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. RϵG(f)R^{G}_\epsilon(f)RϵG​(f) is the least such TTT.

In the communication complexity model, Alice holds xxx, Bob holds yyy, one bit is sent per round, and both must output f(x,y)f(x,y)f(x,y). Rϵcc−pub(f)R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)Rϵcc−pub​(f) is the least number of bits of an ϵ\epsilonϵ-error public-coin protocol.

The network G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) consists of Γ\GammaΓ paths P1,…,PΓ\mathcal P^1,\dots,\mathcal P^\GammaP1,…,PΓ with dpd^pdp vertices v0ℓ,…,vdp−1ℓv^\ell_0,\dots,v^\ell_{d^p-1}v0ℓ​,…,vdp−1ℓ​ each, a complete ddd-ary tree T\mathcal TT of depth ppp with vertices u0ℓ,…,udℓ−1ℓu^\ell_0,\dots,u^\ell_{d^\ell-1}u0ℓ​,…,udℓ−1ℓ​ at level ℓ\ellℓ, and spoke edges joining each leaf ujpu^p_jujp​ to vjℓv^\ell_jvjℓ​ on every path. The inputs sit at the two extreme leaves, s=u0ps=u^p_0s=u0p​ and r=udp−1pr=u^p_{d^p-1}r=udp−1p​. The iii-right set RiR_iRi​ consists of all path vertices at positions j≥ij\ge ij≥i, the leaves ujpu^p_jujp​ with j≥ij\ge ij≥i, and their ancestors; the iii-left set LiL_iLi​ is the mirror image, and L0=V∖{r}L_0=V\setminus\{r\}L0​=V∖{r}, R0=V∖{s}R_0=V\setminus\{s\}R0​=V∖{s}. CRtC_{R_t}CRt​​ denotes the vector of states of the vertices of RtR_tRt​ at the end of round ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (Simulation Theorem)

If a public-coin algorithm on G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p) computes fff with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error in TTT rounds and

T<dp−12,T<\frac{d^p-1}{2},T<2dp−1​,

then some public-coin two-party protocol computes fff with ϵ\epsilonϵ-error using at most

2 d p B T bits,i.e.Rϵcc−pub(f)≤2dpB RϵG(Γ,d,p)(f).2\,d\,p\,B\,T\ \text{bits},\qquad\text{i.e.}\qquad R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)\le 2dpB\,R^{G(\Gamma,d,p)}_\epsilon(f).2dpBT bits,i.e.Rϵcc−pub​(f)≤2dpBRϵG(Γ,d,p)​(f).

Milestones

  1. Observation 3.3: the configuration of UUU at round ttt is determined by the configuration of U′⊇UU'\supseteq UU′⊇U at round t−1t-1t−1 and the messages into UUU from outside U′U'U′.
  2. §3.3 edge count: for 0<t<(dp−1)/20<t<(d^p-1)/20<t<(dp−1)/2, at most dpdpdp edges join V∖Rt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​ to RtR_tRt​ (and V∖Lt−1V\setminus L_{t-1}V∖Lt−1​ to LtL_tLt​).
  3. Inclusion from the proof of Lemma 3.4: V∖Rt−1⊆Lt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}\subseteq L_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​⊆Lt−1​ (and its mirror image).
  4. Lemma 3.4: CRt=gR(CRt−1,M1,…,Mdp)C_{R_t}=g_R(C_{R_{t-1}},M_1,\dots,M_{dp})CRt​​=gR​(CRt−1​​,M1​,…,Mdp​) for dpdpdp messages of BBB bits sent from Lt−1L_{t-1}Lt−1​, with gRg_RgR​ and the message edges fixed before the inputs; and symmetrically for CLtC_{L_t}CLt​​.

Significance

The theorem turns any lower bound Rϵcc−pub(f)=Ω(b)R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)=\Omega(b)Rϵcc−pub​(f)=Ω(b), such as those for set disjointness and equality, into a round lower bound on G(Γ,d,p)G(\Gamma,d,p)G(Γ,d,p): an algorithm with T<(dp−1)/2T<(d^p-1)/2T<(dp−1)/2 rounds forces T≥Rϵcc−pub(f)/(2dpB)T\ge R^{cc-pub}_\epsilon(f)/(2dpB)T≥Rϵcc−pub​(f)/(2dpB). Choosing the parameters gives the paper's bounds of order n/(Blog⁡n)\sqrt{n/(B\log n)}n/(Blogn)​ rounds for verification and approximation problems (§§4–7), and the same reduction underlies a large body of later CONGEST lower bounds.

The result has been proved since 2011. A machine-checked version would provide the first formal model of synchronous bandwidth-limited message passing and of public-coin two-party protocols on the platform, together with a verified reduction between them. No formalization of the theorem, of the B model, or of two-party communication protocols is known to exist in Mathlib or on the platform.

Difficulty

The informal proof is short; the work lies in making the information flow precise. The naive simulation, in which Alice simulates the vertices near sss and Bob those near rrr, fails because the cut between the two halves contains Γ\GammaΓ path edges plus the spokes, and Γ\GammaΓ can be large: sending every message across it costs ΓB\Gamma BΓB bits per round. The argument must instead let both parties' simulated regions shrink by one path position per round, so that the only messages crossing into Bob's region come from ppp tree vertices with ddd children each. Making this rigorous requires a careful accounting of which vertices belong to RtR_tRt​, which edges leave V∖Rt−1V\setminus R_{t-1}V∖Rt−1​, and why the functions that update the configurations do not depend on the other party's input.

Formalization scope

  • Network. Vertices are (Fin Γ × Fin (d^p)) ⊕ Σ ℓ : Fin (p+1), Fin (d^ℓ); paths are numbered from 000. The children of uiℓu^\ell_iuiℓ​ are udi+kℓ+1u^{\ell+1}_{di+k}udi+kℓ+1​, 0≤k<d0\le k<d0≤k<d. Li,RiL_i,R_iLi​,Ri​ are Finsets defined for every iii, with the paper's special case at i=0i=0i=0. The nodes s,rs,rs,r require dp≥1d^p\ge1dp≥1.
  • Messages are exactly BBB bits (Fin B → Bool) on every directed edge in every round. Optional or variable-length messages would let silence carry information and make the theorem false (e.g. at B=0B=0B=0).
  • Algorithms. Inputs enter only through the initial states of sss and rrr; a vertex receives a fixed dummy from non-neighbours. Running time is a fixed number TTT of rounds, outputs read after round TTT; this is equivalent to the paper's worst-case time.
  • Randomness is a PMF on an arbitrary type, shared by all vertices (resp. both parties); ϵ\epsilonϵ-error requires both outputs to be correct on the same random string, and ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0.
  • Protocols send one bit per round, so cost equals bits exchanged. Alice's moves read only xxx and the transcript, Bob's only yyy. Modelling the two-party side as a two-vertex B-model network would carry two bits per round and weaken the constant 2dpB2dpB2dpB by a factor of 222; the formalization does not do this.
  • Lemma 3.4 is stated with the functions gL,gRg_L,g_RgL​,gR​ and the message edges chosen before the inputs. A version where they may depend on (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) is trivially true and is ruled out.
  • The "in other words" inequality between the minimal complexities is not posed through sInf, which would be 000 on an empty set; the goal is stated for every algorithm.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and reusable infrastructure for executions of message-passing algorithms (locality lemmas such as Observation 3.3 hold on any graph).

Selected references

  • A. Das Sarma, S. Holzer, L. Kor, A. Korman, D. Nanongkai, G. Pandurangan, D. Peleg, R. Wattenhofer, Distributed Verification and Hardness of Distributed Approximation, SIAM J. Comput. 41(5), 2012, 1235–1265. https://doi.org/10.1137/11085178X
  • M. Elkin, An Unconditional Lower Bound on the Time-Approximation Trade-off for the Distributed Minimum Spanning Tree Problem, SIAM J. Comput. 36(2), 2006, 433–456. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539704441848
  • D. Peleg, V. Rubinovich, A Near-Tight Lower Bound on the Time Complexity of Distributed Minimum-Weight Spanning Tree Construction, SIAM J. Comput. 30(5), 2000, 1427–1442. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539700369740
  • D. Peleg, Distributed Computing: A Locality-Sensitive Approach, SIAM, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719772
  • E. Kushilevitz, N. Nisan, Communication Complexity, Cambridge University Press, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511574948
8 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Matroid Prophet Inequalities 1: Against Any Online Weight-Adaptive Adversary, the 2-Balanced Threshold Algorithm Earns at Least Half the Expected Max-Weight BasisResearch Paper

Motivation

The prophet inequality of optimal stopping compares a gambler, who sees independent non-negative random values X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ one at a time and must accept or reject each on arrival, with a prophet who sees them all in advance. Krengel, Sucheston and Garling showed that the gambler can secure E[Xτ]≥12 E[max⁡iXi]\mathbb E[X_\tau] \ge \tfrac12\,\mathbb E[\max_i X_i]E[Xτ​]≥21​E[maxi​Xi​], and Samuel-Cahn showed that a single threshold suffices. Since Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg and Sandholm (2007) and Chawla, Hartline, Malec and Sivan (2010), prophet inequalities have served as the approximation guarantees of sequential posted-price mechanisms: an online selection rule with a prophet guarantee turns into a truthful mechanism with a revenue guarantee.

The natural multi-choice generalization lets the gambler accept a set of elements, subject to a feasibility constraint. Kleinberg and Weinberg, Matroid Prophet Inequalities (STOC 2012, arXiv:1201.4764), proved that when the feasible sets are the independent sets of a matroid, the factor 12\tfrac1221​ is still achievable, by an explicit threshold rule, and even when the order of arrival is chosen adaptively by an adversary.

Timeline:

  • 1977–78: Krengel and Sucheston, with Garling: the single-choice prophet inequality with factor 12\tfrac1221​, which is tight.
  • 1984: Samuel-Cahn: a single fixed threshold attains 12\tfrac1221​.
  • 2007: Hajiaghayi, Kleinberg, Sandholm: prophet inequalities read as truthful online auctions, with multi-choice prophet inequalities.
  • 2010: Chawla, Hartline, Malec, Sivan: posted-price mechanisms via prophet inequalities, and factor 12\tfrac1221​ for matroids when the algorithm may choose the order of arrival.
  • 2012: Kleinberg–Weinberg: factor 12\tfrac1221​ for every matroid against an online weight-adaptive adversary, and 14p−2\tfrac1{4p-2}4p−21​ for intersections of ppp matroids.

Setting

Let U\mathcal UU be a finite ground set and M=(U,I)\mathcal M = (\mathcal U, \mathcal I)M=(U,I) a matroid; I\mathcal II is its family of independent sets. For each x∈Ux \in \mathcal Ux∈U a distribution FxF_xFx​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is given; the weights w(x)w(x)w(x) are independent with w(x)∼Fxw(x) \sim F_xw(x)∼Fx​, and w(A)=∑x∈Aw(x)w(A) = \sum_{x \in A} w(x)w(A)=∑x∈A​w(x). Let OPT(w)=max⁡{w(S):S∈I}\mathrm{OPT}(w) = \max\{w(S) : S \in \mathcal I\}OPT(w)=max{w(S):S∈I} and OPT=E[OPT(w)]\mathrm{OPT} = \mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(w)]OPT=E[OPT(w)].

An online weight-adaptive adversary reveals the elements one at a time: it picks xix_ixi​ knowing w(x1),…,w(xi−1)w(x_1), \dots, w(x_{i-1})w(x1​),…,w(xi−1​) but not w(xi)w(x_i)w(xi​). An online algorithm maintains a selected set Ai−1∈IA_{i-1} \in \mathcal IAi−1​∈I and, when xix_ixi​ arrives with its weight, irrevocably accepts or rejects it, keeping AiA_iAi​ independent. A threshold rule offers xix_ixi​ a threshold TiT_iTi​ computed from the revealed prefix (and Ti=∞T_i = \inftyTi​=∞ when Ai−1∪{xi}∉IA_{i-1} \cup \{x_i\} \notin \mathcal IAi−1​∪{xi​}∈/I) and accepts iff w(xi)≥Tiw(x_i) \ge T_iw(xi​)≥Ti​.

The algorithm of the paper uses a ghost sample: an independent copy w′w'w′ of the weights. Let BBB be a w′w'w′-maximum-weight basis. For an independent set AAA, among the partitions B=C⊔RB = C \sqcup RB=C⊔R with R∩A=∅R \cap A = \emptysetR∩A=∅ and A∪RA \cup RA∪R a basis, R(A)R(A)R(A), C(A)C(A)C(A) denote one maximizing w′(R)w'(R)w′(R). The algorithm (9) sets

Ti=12 Ew′[w′(R(Ai−1))−w′(R(Ai−1∪{xi}))].T_i = \tfrac12\,\mathbb E_{w'}\big[w'(R(A_{i-1})) - w'(R(A_{i-1}\cup\{x_i\}))\big].Ti​=21​Ew′​[w′(R(Ai−1​))−w′(R(Ai−1​∪{xi​}))].

Formalization targets

Goal: the matroid prophet inequality

For every matroid on a finite ground set, every family of distributions FxF_xFx​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite means, and every online weight-adaptive adversary, the set AAA selected by the algorithm (9) satisfies

E[w(A)]  ≥  12 OPT.\mathbb E[w(A)] \;\ge\; \tfrac12\,\mathrm{OPT}.E[w(A)]≥21​OPT.

The goal is stated for the paper's own algorithm, which is stronger than the existence statement of §3.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (with Definition 1): any threshold rule with α\alphaα-balanced thresholds,
∑xi∈ATi≥1α E[w′(C(A))],∑xi∈VTi≤(1−1α) E[w′(R(A))],\sum_{x_i\in A} T_i \ge \tfrac1\alpha\,\mathbb E[w'(C(A))], \qquad \sum_{x_i\in V} T_i \le \big(1-\tfrac1\alpha\big)\,\mathbb E[w'(R(A))],xi​∈A∑​Ti​≥α1​E[w′(C(A))],xi​∈V∑​Ti​≤(1−α1​)E[w′(R(A))],

earns E[w(A)]≥1α OPT\mathbb E[w(A)] \ge \tfrac1\alpha\,\mathrm{OPT}E[w(A)]≥α1​OPT. 2. The identity behind (9) = (10), and the telescoping identity ∑xi∈ATi=12 E[w′(C(A))]\sum_{x_i \in A} T_i = \tfrac12\,\mathbb E[w'(C(A))]∑xi​∈A​Ti​=21​E[w′(C(A))] (Property (2) for α=2\alpha = 2α=2). 3. Lemma 1 (bijective basis exchange, and its weighted form), Lemma 2 (R(A)R(A)R(A) is a maximum-weight basis of the contraction M/A\mathcal M/AM/A), Lemma 3 (S↦w′(R(S))S \mapsto w'(R(S))S↦w′(R(S)) is submodular on subsets of an independent set). 4. Inequalities (11) and (12), and Proposition 2:

∑xi∈V[w′(R(Ai−1))−w′(R(Ai−1∪{xi}))]≤w′(R(A)),\sum_{x_i \in V}\big[w'(R(A_{i-1})) - w'(R(A_{i-1}\cup\{x_i\}))\big] \le w'(R(A)),xi​∈V∑​[w′(R(Ai−1​))−w′(R(Ai−1​∪{xi​}))]≤w′(R(A)),

pointwise in w′≥0w' \ge 0w′≥0; then Property (3) with α=2\alpha = 2α=2 for the thresholds (9).

Significance

The theorem gives the optimal constant: already for a rank-one matroid (choose one element) no online algorithm beats 12\tfrac1221​. It covers every matroid with one algorithm, including uniform, partition, graphic and transversal matroids, which model capacity, unit-demand and spanning-tree constraints. Through the reduction of Chawla et al., the paper derives from it order-oblivious posted-price mechanisms that are 2-approximations to the optimal revenue in single-parameter settings with matroid feasibility and, through the adaptive adversary, in multi-dimensional unit-demand settings (§6 of the paper). The decomposition through α\alphaα-balanced thresholds is reused in the paper for intersections of ppp matroids, with factor 14p−2\tfrac1{4p-2}4p−21​.

The result has been proved since 2012; it has not been formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked development of the model (online adaptive adversaries, threshold rules, the ghost-sample expectations), of the general reduction (Proposition 1), and of the matroid facts the algorithm relies on, notably the bijective exchange lemma (Schrijver, Corollary 39.12a), which is not in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes the order of arrival and compares the algorithm with the prophet item by item. It fails here because the order is chosen adaptively from the revealed weights, so the set of elements still to come is random and correlated with the past. The proof must instead compare the algorithm's realized selection with a ghost optimum BBB built from an independent sample, and bound the value the algorithm forgoes by the value the ghost optimum could still add, E[w′(R(A))]\mathbb E[w'(R(A))]E[w′(R(A))]. The step that needs matroid structure is Property (3): the total threshold offered to any set VVV that could still be added must be at most half of E[w′(R(A))]\mathbb E[w'(R(A))]E[w′(R(A))]. The thresholds were computed along the history A0⊆A1⊆…A_0 \subseteq A_1 \subseteq \dotsA0​⊆A1​⊆…, not at the final AAA, so the bound requires the submodularity of S↦w′(R(S))S \mapsto w'(R(S))S↦w′(R(S)) (Lemma 3) and a weight-dominating exchange between VVV and R(A)R(A)R(A) in the contraction M/A\mathcal M/AM/A. Neither holds for general downward-closed families.

Formalization scope

  • The ground set is a Fintype α; the matroid is Mathlib's Matroid α with ground set Set.univ; sets are Finset α; contraction is Matroid.contract.
  • The distributions are F : α → Measure ℝ, probability measures with F x (Set.Iio 0) = 0 (support in [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)) and Integrable id (F x) (finite means). The weight law is Measure.pi F, and every expectation is a Bochner integral over it. Finite means make OPT(w)\mathrm{OPT}(w)OPT(w), w(A)w(A)w(A) and the integrands of the thresholds integrable, so no expectation is a junk value.
  • OPT(w)\mathrm{OPT}(w)OPT(w) is a maximum over the nonempty finset of independent sets. The maximum-weight basis B(w′)B(w')B(w′) and the maximizer R(A)R(A)R(A) are fixed by choice when weights tie; Lemma 2 shows w′(R(A))w'(R(A))w′(R(A)) does not depend on the choice. R(A)R(A)R(A) is required to be disjoint from AAA, as Lemma 2's placement of R(A)R(A)R(A) in M/A\mathcal M/AM/A needs.
  • A threshold rule is a real-valued function of the current selection, the revealed list, the weights and the arriving element, non-negative, depending on the weights only through revealed ones, measurably; the value ∞\infty∞ on infeasible steps is an independence guard in the acceptance test. "Monotone algorithm" in Proposition 1 means such a rule.
  • An adversary is a deterministic map from the revealed list and the weights to the next unrevealed element, depending only on revealed weights and measurable. Randomized adversaries are mixtures of these.
  • Lemma 1, part 2 is stated for disjoint VVV and RRR: as printed it fails when they overlap, and the paper uses it only for disjoint sets.

The goal fixes the thresholds by (9) through BBB, R(⋅)R(\cdot)R(⋅) and the ghost expectation; a statement in which the thresholds are free parameters assumed to satisfy (2)–(3) would be Proposition 1 and is not the goal.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the measurability of the online run, the exchange lemma for Mathlib matroids, the greedy characterization of maximum-weight bases of a contraction, and the probabilistic core (7) of Proposition 1. The matroid lemmas are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by the matroid-intersection mission of the same paper.

Selected references

  • R. Kleinberg, S. M. Weinberg, Matroid Prophet Inequalities, STOC 2012; arXiv:1201.4764v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/1201.4764 , https://doi.org/10.1145/2213977.2213991
  • U. Krengel, L. Sucheston, Semiamarts and finite values, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 83, 745–747, 1977.
  • U. Krengel, L. Sucheston, On semiamarts, amarts, and processes with finite value, Advances in Probability and Related Topics 4, 197–266, 1978.
  • E. Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of threshold stop rules and maximum for independent nonnegative random variables, Annals of Probability 12(4), 1213–1216, 1984.
  • M. T. Hajiaghayi, R. Kleinberg, T. Sandholm, Automated mechanism design and prophet inequalities, AAAI 2007, pp. 58–65.
  • S. Chawla, J. Hartline, D. Malec, B. Sivan, Multi-parameter mechanism design and sequential posted pricing, STOC 2010, pp. 311–320.
  • A. Schrijver, Combinatorial Optimization: Polyhedra and Efficiency, Springer, 2003 (Corollary 39.12a).
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Harmonic AnalysisProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Inapproximability Results for MAX-CUT and Other 2-Variable CSPs? 3: Low-Influence Functions Have Level-One Fourier Weight at Most 2/π + CδResearch Paper

Motivation

Fourier analysis of functions on the discrete cube {−1,1}n\{-1,1\}^n{−1,1}n is the main tool behind tight inapproximability results under the Unique Games Conjecture. In the MAX-CUT reduction of Khot, Kindler, Mossel and O'Donnell (SIAM J. Comput. 2007), soundness rests on the Majority Is Stablest theorem: among bounded functions in which no coordinate has large influence, the majority function is asymptotically the most noise stable. That theorem was a conjecture when the paper was written and was proved by Mossel, O'Donnell and Oleszkiewicz (Annals of Math. 2010) using an invariance principle.

Section 6.2 of the paper records special cases of Majority Is Stablest that have short, self-contained proofs. Theorem 6 is the case where the noise parameter ρ\rhoρ tends to 000. There the noise stability is dominated by the Fourier weight at level 1, and the statement says that a bounded function with small influences has level-one weight at most 2/π2/\pi2/π, up to an explicit error linear in the largest influence. Bounds on the level-one weight also appear in Talagrand's work on correlation of monotone sets (Combinatorica 1996), which the paper compares against (its Theorem 18), and the level-one inequality is a standard chapter of the analysis of Boolean functions (O'Donnell 2014).

Setting

Points of the discrete cube {−1,1}n\{-1,1\}^n{−1,1}n are sign vectors x=(x1,…,xn)x=(x_1,\dots,x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​); following the paper, the bit TRUE is read as −1-1−1 and FALSE as 111. The cube carries the uniform probability measure, so E[g]=2−n∑xg(x)\mathbf E[g]=2^{-n}\sum_x g(x)E[g]=2−n∑x​g(x), and real functions form an inner product space with ⟨f,g⟩=E[fg]\langle f,g\rangle=\mathbf E[fg]⟨f,g⟩=E[fg].

For S⊆[n]S\subseteq[n]S⊆[n] the parity χS(x)=∏i∈Sxi\chi_S(x)=\prod_{i\in S}x_iχS​(x)=∏i∈S​xi​; the parities form an orthonormal basis, and the Fourier coefficient of fff at SSS is f^(S)=⟨f,χS⟩\hat f(S)=\langle f,\chi_S\ranglef^​(S)=⟨f,χS​⟩. The weight of fff at level 1 is

W1(f)=∑∣S∣=1f^(S)2=∑i=1nf^({i})2.W^1(f)=\sum_{|S|=1}\hat f(S)^2=\sum_{i=1}^n\hat f(\{i\})^2 .W1(f)=∣S∣=1∑​f^​(S)2=i=1∑n​f^​({i})2.

The influence of coordinate iii on fff (Definition 2) is

Infi(f)=Ex1,…,xi−1,xi+1,…,xn[Varxi[f]],\mathrm{Inf}_i(f)=\mathop{\mathbf E}_{x_1,\dots,x_{i-1},x_{i+1},\dots,x_n}\big[\mathrm{Var}_{x_i}[f]\big],Infi​(f)=Ex1​,…,xi−1​,xi+1​,…,xn​​[Varxi​​[f]],

the expected variance of fff when all coordinates but xix_ixi​ are fixed at random and xix_ixi​ is a uniform sign. The linear part of fff is ℓ(x)=∑if^({i})xi\ell(x)=\sum_i\hat f(\{i\})x_iℓ(x)=∑i​f^​({i})xi​, and ∥g∥1=E∣g∣\|g\|_1=\mathbf E|g|∥g∥1​=E∣g∣, ∥g∥2=E[g2]\|g\|_2=\sqrt{\mathbf E[g^2]}∥g∥2​=E[g2]​, ∥g∥∞=max⁡x∣g(x)∣\|g\|_\infty=\max_x|g(x)|∥g∥∞​=maxx​∣g(x)∣.

Throughout, C=2(1−2/π)≈0.404C=2\big(1-\sqrt{2/\pi}\big)\approx 0.404C=2(1−2/π​)≈0.404.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 12)

For every nnn, every f:{−1,1}n→[−1,1]f:\{-1,1\}^n\to[-1,1]f:{−1,1}n→[−1,1] and every δ≥0\delta\ge 0δ≥0 with Infi(f)≤δ\mathrm{Inf}_i(f)\le\deltaInfi​(f)≤δ for all iii,

∑∣S∣=1f^(S)2  ≤  2π+Cδ.\sum_{|S|=1}\hat f(S)^2\;\le\;\frac{2}{\pi}+C\delta .∣S∣=1∑​f^​(S)2≤π2​+Cδ.

The constant CCC is explicit, and the goal states it exactly as printed.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 6, p. 25, and Proposition 7.2, p. 16)

  1. For fff with values in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1]: ∑∣S∣=1f^(S)2=∥ℓ∥22=⟨f,ℓ⟩≤∥f∥∞∥ℓ∥1≤∥ℓ∥1\sum_{|S|=1}\hat f(S)^2=\|\ell\|_2^2=\langle f,\ell\rangle\le\|f\|_\infty\|\ell\|_1\le\|\ell\|_1∑∣S∣=1​f^​(S)2=∥ℓ∥22​=⟨f,ℓ⟩≤∥f∥∞​∥ℓ∥1​≤∥ℓ∥1​.
  2. The König–Schütt–Tomczak-Jaegermann bound: if ∣ai∣≤δ|a_i|\le\delta∣ai​∣≤δ for all iii and ℓ=∑iaixi\ell=\sum_i a_ix_iℓ=∑i​ai​xi​, then
∥ℓ∥1≤2/π ∥ℓ∥2+C2 δ.\|\ell\|_1\le\sqrt{2/\pi}\,\|\ell\|_2+\tfrac C2\,\delta .∥ℓ∥1​≤2/π​∥ℓ∥2​+2C​δ.
  1. The quadratic step: for X,δ≥0X,\delta\ge0X,δ≥0, X2≤2/π X+C2δX^2\le\sqrt{2/\pi}\,X+\tfrac C2\deltaX2≤2/π​X+2C​δ implies X≤1/2π+1/2π+Cδ/2X\le\sqrt{1/2\pi}+\sqrt{1/2\pi+C\delta/2}X≤1/2π​+1/2π+Cδ/2​ and X2≤2/π+CδX^2\le 2/\pi+C\deltaX2≤2/π+Cδ.
  2. Proposition 7.2: Infi(f)=∑S∋if^(S)2\mathrm{Inf}_i(f)=\sum_{S\ni i}\hat f(S)^2Infi​(f)=∑S∋i​f^​(S)2.

Significance

The result. The constant 2/π2/\pi2/π is sharp: majority on nnn variables has influences of order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 and level-one weight tending to 2/π2/\pi2/π, which is (E∣Z∣)2(\mathbf E|Z|)^2(E∣Z∣)2 for a standard Gaussian ZZZ. Theorem 6 thus identifies the extremal level-one weight of low-influence bounded functions and gives a rate linear in the maximal influence. It is the ρ→0\rho\to0ρ→0 instance of Majority Is Stablest, obtained without the invariance principle, and level-one bounds of this type are used in hardness reductions and in the study of noise sensitivity.

Formalizing it. The milestones together give a complete formal route from bounded functions to the stated bound, except for one step discussed below. They also produce a reusable layer of Boolean Fourier analysis: Fourier coefficients, level weights, influences in their variance form and the Fourier formula for influences. Mathlib contains no development of influences or level weights on the cube, and the platform has none either; the König–Schütt–Tomczak-Jaegermann inequality, a sharp quantitative central limit bound for Rademacher sums (J. Reine Angew. Math. 1999), has no machine-checked proof.

Status. The published proof's first step, ∣f^({i})∣≤Infi(f)|\hat f(\{i\})|\le\mathrm{Inf}_i(f)∣f^​({i})∣≤Infi​(f), is valid for Boolean-valued fff but not for [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1]-valued fff; for [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1]-valued fff the statement is posed as printed. For f=c x1f=c\,x_1f=cx1​ with 0<c<10<c<10<c<1 one has f^({1})=c>c2=Inf1(f)\hat f(\{1\})=c>c^2=\mathrm{Inf}_1(f)f^​({1})=c>c2=Inf1​(f), and the argument as written then yields only 2/π+Cδ2/\pi+C\sqrt\delta2/π+Cδ​. Numerical search over small cubes has found no function violating the printed bound. A proof of the goal for bounded fff, or a counterexample, is therefore a genuine contribution.

Difficulty

The obvious argument replaces ℓ\ellℓ by a Gaussian with the same variance and uses E∣Z∣=2/π\mathbf E|Z|=\sqrt{2/\pi}E∣Z∣=2/π​. A central limit theorem with an error term is needed, and generic Berry–Esseen bounds give an additive error with a constant far from C/2C/2C/2; the exact constant 1−2/π1-\sqrt{2/\pi}1−2/π​ requires the sharp Rademacher-sum inequality, whose proof is a delicate analysis of E∣∑iaixi∣\mathbf E|\sum_ia_ix_i|E∣∑i​ai​xi​∣ as a function of the coefficients. The second obstacle is the passage from influences to coefficients. For bounded fff only f^({i})2≤Infi(f)\hat f(\{i\})^2\le\mathrm{Inf}_i(f)f^​({i})2≤Infi​(f) holds, so a bound on influences controls coefficients only at scale δ\sqrt\deltaδ​; feeding that into the chain loses the linear dependence on δ\deltaδ. Recovering the printed rate for non-Boolean fff needs an idea beyond the published proof.

Formalization scope

A point of the cube is Fin n → Bool, mapped to a sign by pm with pm true = -1 and pm false = 1. Expectations are normalised finite sums, so no measure theory is involved. A function f:{−1,1}n→[−1,1]f:\{-1,1\}^n\to[-1,1]f:{−1,1}n→[−1,1] is a real function with the hypothesis ∀ x, |f x| ≤ 1. The influence is defined as on the page, as the average over the cube of ((f(xi←1)−f(xi←−1))/2)2\big((f(x^{i\leftarrow1})-f(x^{i\leftarrow-1}))/2\big)^2((f(xi←1)−f(xi←−1))/2)2, which is the variance in xix_ixi​; it is not defined by its Fourier formula, which is a milestone. The level-one weight is ∑if^({i})2\sum_i\hat f(\{i\})^2∑i​f^​({i})2. The constant CCC is written out as 2 * (1 - Real.sqrt (2 / Real.pi)); an existentially quantified constant would be a weaker theorem. The case n=0n=0n=0 is allowed.

Two hypotheses are added and disclosed: δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 in Theorem 6 and in the König–Schütt–Tomczak-Jaegermann bound. For n≥1n\ge1n≥1 each follows from the other hypotheses; for n=0n=0n=0 the influence (resp. coefficient) hypothesis is empty and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 is what the page assumes.

A trivializing formalization would drop the range hypothesis (then scaled dictators refute the bound and the statement is false), define influence through Fourier coefficients (which makes Proposition 7.2 definitional), or weaken the hypothesis of the goal to a bound on the coefficients ∣f^({i})∣≤δ|\hat f(\{i\})|\le\delta∣f^​({i})∣≤δ; none of these is used here. In particular, the goal is not strengthened to Boolean-valued fff, where the published proof applies verbatim.

Contributions welcome: proofs of Parseval-type identities for the linear part, of Proposition 7.2, of the elementary quadratic step, of the König–Schütt–Tomczak-Jaegermann inequality, and of the goal itself. The cube layer is reusable for any later formalization of Boolean function analysis.

Selected references

  • S. Khot, G. Kindler, E. Mossel, R. O'Donnell, Optimal Inapproximability Results for MAX-CUT and Other 2-Variable CSPs?, SIAM J. Comput. 37(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539705447372
  • E. Mossel, R. O'Donnell, K. Oleszkiewicz, Noise stability of functions with low influences: invariance and optimality, Annals of Mathematics 171(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2010.171.295
  • H. König, C. Schütt, N. Tomczak-Jaegermann, Projection constants of symmetric spaces and variants of Khintchine's inequality, J. Reine Angew. Math. 511, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1515/crll.1999.511.1
  • M. Talagrand, How much are increasing sets positively correlated?, Combinatorica 16(2), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01844850
  • R. O'Donnell, Analysis of Boolean Functions, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/2105.10386
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Spectral Sparsification of Graphs 3: Sparsifying the Contraction and Pulling It Back Approximates a Graph with Heavy Intra-Part Edges to Within (1+ε)(1+1/c)²Research Paper

Motivation

A spectral sparsifier of a weighted graph GGG is a graph G~\widetilde GG on the same vertices, with few edges, whose Laplacian quadratic form is within a factor σ\sigmaσ of that of GGG on every vector. Spielman and Teng introduced the notion in their work on nearly-linear-time solvers for symmetric diagonally dominant linear systems (Spielman–Teng 2004; arXiv:0808.4134): a sparsifier can replace a dense graph as a preconditioner, and it preserves every cut value up to the same factor, strengthening the cut sparsifiers of Benczúr and Karger (BK96).

Their construction first handles graphs whose edge weights lie in a bounded range. Arbitrary weights need an extra idea, which §10.2 of Spectral Sparsification of Graphs formalizes as Lemma 10.2 (Pullback): when a graph's vertex classes are held together by edges far heavier than those between them, one may contract each class to a single vertex, sparsify the much smaller contracted graph, and pull the result back to the original vertices. The approximation factor degrades only by (1+1/c)2(1+1/c)^2(1+1/c)2, where ccc measures the gap between heavy and light weights. The same contraction idea goes back to Benczúr and Karger's treatment of weighted cut sparsifiers.

Setting

A weighted graph G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) on a finite set VVV, n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣, is a symmetric function w:V×V→R≥0w:V\times V\to\mathbb R_{\ge 0}w:V×V→R≥0​ with w(v,v)=0w(v,v)=0w(v,v)=0; its edges are the pairs with w(u,v)≠0w(u,v)\ne 0w(u,v)=0. Its Laplacian quadratic form is

xTLGx=∑(u,v)∈Ew(u,v) (x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.x^TL_Gx=\sum_{(u,v)\in E}w(u,v)\,(x(u)-x(v))^2,\qquad x\in\mathbb R^V .xTLG​x=(u,v)∈E∑​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.

A graph G~\widetilde GG is a σ\sigmaσ-approximation of GGG if 1σxTLG~x≤xTLGx≤σ xTLG~x\frac1\sigma x^TL_{\widetilde G}x\le x^TL_Gx\le\sigma\, x^TL_{\widetilde G}xσ1​xTLG​x≤xTLG​x≤σxTLG​x for all xxx. We write G≼G′G\preccurlyeq G'G≼G′ when xTLGx≤xTLG′xx^TL_Gx\le x^TL_{G'}xxTLG​x≤xTLG′​x for all xxx, G+G′G+G'G+G′ for the graph whose weights are the sums, and (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) for the single edge {u,v}\{u,v\}{u,v} of weight 111.

Let V1,…,VkV_1,\dots,V_kV1​,…,Vk​ be a partition of VVV with map π:V→{1,…,k}\pi:V\to\{1,\dots,k\}π:V→{1,…,k}. Write E0=∂(V1,…,Vk)E_0=\partial(V_1,\dots,V_k)E0​=∂(V1​,…,Vk​) for the edges between different parts, E1=E−E0E_1=E-E_0E1​=E−E0​, and G0=(V,E0,w)G_0=(V,E_0,w)G0​=(V,E0​,w), G1=(V,E1,w)G_1=(V,E_1,w)G1​=(V,E1​,w). The contraction of GGG under π\piπ is the graph HHH on {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k} with weight z(i,j)=∑π(u)=i, π(v)=jw(u,v)z(i,j)=\sum_{\pi(u)=i,\,\pi(v)=j}w(u,v)z(i,j)=∑π(u)=i,π(v)=j​w(u,v) for i≠ji\ne ji=j and no self-loops. Given a graph H~\widetilde HH on {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k}, a graph G~\widetilde GG on VVV is a pullback of H~\widetilde HH under π\piπ if every edge of G~\widetilde GG joins different parts, H~\widetilde HH is the contraction of G~\widetilde GG, and for every edge (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) of H~\widetilde HH exactly one edge (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) of G~\widetilde GG has π(u)=i\pi(u)=iπ(u)=i, π(v)=j\pi(v)=jπ(v)=j. A pullback thus has as many edges as H~\widetilde HH.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10.2 (Pullback), pp. 36–37

Let 0≤ϵ<1/20\le\epsilon<1/20≤ϵ<1/2, c≥3c\ge3c≥3, let H~\widetilde HH be a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-approximation of the contraction of G0G_0G0​ under π\piπ, and let G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ be a pullback of H~\widetilde HH. Assume (1) each ViV_iVi​ is connected by edges in E1E_1E1​, (2) every edge in E1E_1E1​ has weight at least c2n3c^2n^3c2n3, (3) every edge in E0E_0E0​ has weight 111. Then

G~0+G1  is an  α-approximation of G,α=(1+ϵ)(1+1c)2.\widetilde G_0+G_1\ \text{ is an }\ \alpha\text{-approximation of } G,\qquad \alpha=(1+\epsilon)\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)^2 .G0​+G1​  is an  α-approximation of G,α=(1+ϵ)(1+c1​)2.

Milestones (proof of Lemma 10.2, pp. 37–38)

Choose representatives vi∈Viv_i\in V_ivi​∈Vi​; let FFF, F~\widetilde FF be the copies of HHH, H~\widetilde HH on {v1,…,vk}\{v_1,\dots,v_k\}{v1​,…,vk​}, and I=F+G1I=F+G_1I=F+G1​, I~=F~+G1\widetilde I=\widetilde F+G_1I=F+G1​.

  • Lemma 10.3 (path inequality): for a path from uuu to vvv with edge weights w1,…,wk>0w_1,\dots,w_k>0w1​,…,wk​>0, (u,v)≼(1/w1+⋯+1/wk)F(u,v)\preccurlyeq(1/w_1+\dots+1/w_k)F(u,v)≼(1/w1​+⋯+1/wk​)F.
  • (20), (21): for a,ba,ba,b in different parts and fff the unit edge between vπ(a),vπ(b)v_{\pi(a)},v_{\pi(b)}vπ(a)​,vπ(b)​,
(a,b)≼(1+1c)(f+1cn2G1),f≼(1+1c)((a,b)+1cn2G1).(a,b)\preccurlyeq\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)\Big(f+\frac{1}{cn^2}G_1\Big),\qquad f\preccurlyeq\Big(1+\frac1c\Big)\Big((a,b)+\frac{1}{cn^2}G_1\Big).(a,b)≼(1+c1​)(f+cn21​G1​),f≼(1+c1​)((a,b)+cn21​G1​).
  • Summed bound: G0≼(1+1/c) [F+12cG1]G_0\preccurlyeq(1+1/c)\,[F+\tfrac1{2c}G_1]G0​≼(1+1/c)[F+2c1​G1​].
  • Claim (a): III is a (1+1/c)(1+1/c)(1+1/c)-approximation of GGG.
  • Claim (b): I~\widetilde II is a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-approximation of III.
  • Claim (c): I~\widetilde II is a (1+1/c)(1+1/c)(1+1/c)-approximation of G~0+G1\widetilde G_0+G_1G0​+G1​.

The constants are the paper's; the goal is the lemma as printed.

Significance

Lemma 10.2 is the reduction from arbitrary weights to bounded weights in Spielman and Teng's sparsification algorithm (Sparsify, §10.2): the edges of each weight scale are sparsified on a graph in which all much heavier edges have been contracted, so the number of vertices handled at each scale stays small, and the total size of the sparsifier is only a logarithmic factor larger than in the bounded-weight case. The statement itself is purely about quadratic forms and holds for any approximation H~\widetilde HH of the contraction, however it was obtained; it applies equally to later sparsification methods such as sampling by effective resistances.

The lemma is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of these statements has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has the Laplacian of a simple graph (SimpleGraph.lapMatrix) but no weighted Laplacian order, no contraction of weighted graphs and no notion of spectral approximation. The mission produces those objects and a complete formal proof of the lemma and its intermediate claims.

Difficulty

The individual steps are elementary, but the proof combines three kinds of bookkeeping. Lemma 10.3 is a Cauchy–Schwarz inequality along a path, which must be applied to a path assembled from two walks inside parts and one edge between representatives; obtaining a simple path of length at most nnn from the connectivity hypothesis requires shortening walks. The summed bounds require recognising that the copies of the unit edges between representatives add up exactly to FFF, which uses hypothesis 3 and the fact that contraction counts each edge between two parts once. Claim (c) needs, in addition, that the total weight of F~\widetilde FF is at most (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ) times that of FFF and that each pullback edge has the weight of its image edge. The constants are tight in one place: (1+1/c)(1+ϵ)≤2(1+1/c)(1+\epsilon)\le 2(1+1/c)(1+ϵ)≤2 requires both c≥3c\ge3c≥3 and ϵ≤1/2\epsilon\le 1/2ϵ≤1/2.

A natural shortcut, comparing G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ with G0G_0G0​ directly, fails: G~0\widetilde G_0G0​ and G0G_0G0​ have different edges, and their Laplacians are only comparable through the heavy intra-part edges.

Formalization scope

A weighted graph is a function w : V → V → ℝ on a Fintype V with IsWGraph w (symmetric, nonnegative, zero diagonal); sums and scalar multiples are pointwise. lapForm w x is 12∑u,vw(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2\frac12\sum_{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^221​∑u,v​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2, IsApprox σ w̃ w keeps both inequalities of the definition, and GraphLE is ≼\preccurlyeq≼. The partition is a surjective map π : V → Fin k (nonempty parts). G0G_0G0​, G1G_1G1​ are crossPart w π, intraPart w π; hypothesis 1 is reachability, between any two vertices of the same part, in the simple graph of E1E_1E1​-edges. Representatives are any r : Fin k → V with π (r i) = i, and liftAlong r z places a graph on Fin k on them; the goal does not mention representatives. nnn is Fintype.card V.

Two hypotheses implicit in the paper are explicit: ϵ≥0\epsilon\ge0ϵ≥0 (with ϵ<0\epsilon<0ϵ<0 the lemma is false), and that every edge of a pullback joins two different parts (contraction cannot see an edge inside a part, so without this a pullback could carry an arbitrary heavy edge and the lemma would be false). In Lemma 10.3 the edge weights are positive and the path has at least one edge.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: dropping hypothesis 2 or 3, allowing ϵ<0\epsilon<0ϵ<0 or intra-part pullback edges, or letting the pullback forget the uniqueness of the edge over each (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) makes the statement false or weaker, and stating only one of the two inequalities of σ\sigmaσ-approximation is a different theorem. Every statement here keeps both.

The algorithm Sparsify and its analysis (Lemma 10.4, Theorem 10.5, Proposition 10.6, Theorem 10.7, Lemmas 10.8–10.9) and all running-time claims are out of scope. The weighted Laplacian form, its additivity and nonnegativity, and the transport of a quadratic form along an injective vertex map are reusable beyond this mission; contributions of such general lemmas, and a proof of Lemma 10.3 by Cauchy–Schwarz, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral Sparsification of Graphs, arXiv:0808.4134v3, 2010; SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Nearly-Linear Time Algorithms for Graph Partitioning, Graph Sparsification, and Solving Linear Systems, STOC 2004. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0310051
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t Minimum Cuts in Õ(n²) Time, STOC 1996; Randomized Approximation Schemes for Cuts and Flows in Capacitated Graphs, arXiv:cs/0207078. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0207078
  • P. Diaconis, D. Stroock, Geometric Bounds for Eigenvalues of Markov Chains, Ann. Appl. Probab. 1(1), 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005980
12 thms1 active userReviewed
AlgebraGroup Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge 4: The Decisional-Linear Commitment Is Perfectly Binding and Extractable, with a Perfectly Sound, Witness-Indistinguishable 0/1 ProofResearch Paper

Motivation

A non-interactive zero-knowledge (NIZK) proof lets a prover convince a verifier that a statement is true by sending a single message, without revealing why it is true. Groth, Ostrovsky and Sahai (J. ACM 59(3), 2012) gave NIZK proofs for Circuit SAT of size O(∣C∣k)O(|C|k)O(∣C∣k) for a circuit CCC and security parameter kkk, the first perfect NIZK arguments for all of NP, and the first non-interactive zaps based on a standard cryptographic assumption. These constructions use a single algebraic primitive, the homomorphic proof commitment: a commitment scheme with two kinds of keys, together with a short proof that a committed value is 000 or 111.

The paper gives two instances of this primitive. One rests on the subgroup decision assumption in composite-order groups. The other, the subject of this mission, rests on the decisional linear assumption of Boneh, Boyen and Shacham (CRYPTO 2004) in prime-order bilinear groups. Prime-order groups are the setting of most later pairing-based proof systems, including the Groth–Sahai proofs (EUROCRYPT 2008), and their decisional-linear instantiation uses commitment keys of the same linear-tuple form as this mission.

Setting

A DLIN bilinear group is a tuple (p,G,GT,e,g)(p, \mathbb G, \mathbb G_T, e, g)(p,G,GT​,e,g): ppp is a prime, G\mathbb GG and GT\mathbb G_TGT​ are groups of order ppp, e:G×G→GTe : \mathbb G \times \mathbb G \to \mathbb G_Te:G×G→GT​ is bilinear (e(ua,vb)=e(u,v)abe(u^a, v^b) = e(u, v)^{ab}e(ua,vb)=e(u,v)ab for all u,v∈Gu, v \in \mathbb Gu,v∈G, a,b∈Za, b \in \mathbb Za,b∈Z), ggg generates G\mathbb GG, and e(g,g)e(g, g)e(g,g) generates GT\mathbb G_TGT​. A triple (fr,hs,gr+s)(f^r, h^s, g^{r+s})(fr,hs,gr+s) is a linear tuple with respect to (f,h,g)(f, h, g)(f,h,g).

The scheme (Figure 2 of the paper) works as follows.

  • Keys. Pick x,y∈Zp∗x, y \in \mathbb Z_p^*x,y∈Zp∗​, ru,sv∈Zpr_u, s_v \in \mathbb Z_pru​,sv​∈Zp​, and put f=gxf = g^xf=gx, h=gyh = g^yh=gy. A perfectly binding key is ck=(f,h,u,v,w)=(f,h,fru,hsv,gru+sv+z)ck = (f, h, u, v, w) = (f, h, f^{r_u}, h^{s_v}, g^{r_u+s_v+z})ck=(f,h,u,v,w)=(f,h,fru​,hsv​,gru​+sv​+z) with z∈Zp∗z \in \mathbb Z_p^*z∈Zp∗​; its extraction key is xk=(x,y,z)xk = (x, y, z)xk=(x,y,z). A perfectly hiding key is (f,h,fru,hsv,gru+sv)(f, h, f^{r_u}, h^{s_v}, g^{r_u+s_v})(f,h,fru​,hsv​,gru​+sv​), a linear tuple; its trapdoor key is tk=(ru,sv)tk = (r_u, s_v)tk=(ru​,sv​).
  • Commitment. com(m;r,s)=(umfr,vmhs,wmgr+s)∈G3\mathrm{com}(m; r, s) = (u^m f^r, v^m h^s, w^m g^{r+s}) \in \mathbb G^3com(m;r,s)=(umfr,vmhs,wmgr+s)∈G3 for m∈Zpm \in \mathbb Z_pm∈Zp​, (r,s)∈Zp2(r, s) \in \mathbb Z_p^2(r,s)∈Zp2​.
  • Extraction and trapdoor opening. Extxk\mathrm{Ext}_{xk}Extxk​ recovers a short mmm from c3c1−1/xc2−1/y=(gz)mc_3 c_1^{-1/x} c_2^{-1/y} = (g^z)^mc3​c1−1/x​c2−1/y​=(gz)m. Topentk(m,(r,s),m′)=(r−(m′−m)ru, s−(m′−m)sv)\mathrm{Topen}_{tk}(m, (r, s), m') = (r - (m'-m)r_u,\ s - (m'-m)s_v)Topentk​(m,(r,s),m′)=(r−(m′−m)ru​, s−(m′−m)sv​).
  • 0/1 proof. On an opening (m,r,s)(m, r, s)(m,r,s) with m∈{0,1}m \in \{0, 1\}m∈{0,1} and randomness t∈Zpt \in \mathbb Z_pt∈Zp​, the prover P01P_{01}P01​ outputs six group elements π11,…,π23\pi_{11}, \dots, \pi_{23}π11​,…,π23​. The verifier V01V_{01}V01​ checks six pairing-product equations in GT\mathbb G_TGT​.

The perfect properties of Section 3 are: homomorphism, perfect binding, perfect extractability, perfect trapdoor opening and its indistinguishability, perfect completeness, perfect soundness, perfect witness indistinguishability (WI), and perfect non-erasure WI. Non-erasure WI asks that a simulator turn the randomness of a proof made with one witness into randomness that explains the same proof under the other witness.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4, exact part

For every DLIN bilinear group, the scheme of Figure 2 is homomorphic on both kinds of key and perfectly binding and extractable on binding keys. On hiding keys it has perfect trapdoor opening and perfect trapdoor-opening indistinguishability. Its 0/1 proof is perfectly complete on both kinds of key, perfectly sound on binding keys, and perfectly WI and perfectly non-erasure WI on hiding keys. Soundness, for example, reads

V01(ck,c,π) accepts  ⟹  ∃ m∈{0,1}, r,s∈Zp: c=com(m;r,s).V_{01}(ck, c, \pi) \text{ accepts} \implies \exists\, m \in \{0,1\},\ r, s \in \mathbb Z_p:\ c = \mathrm{com}(m; r, s).V01​(ck,c,π) accepts⟹∃m∈{0,1}, r,s∈Zp​: c=com(m;r,s).

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof:

  1. the homomorphism display (p. 11);
  2. the trapdoor-opening identity and the extraction display (Figure 2);
  3. the unique opening (m,r,s)(m, r, s)(m,r,s) of every c∈G3c \in \mathbb G^3c∈G3 on a binding key;
  4. completeness;
  5. the six exponent equations obtained from an accepted proof;
  6. the product identity (r0+s0−t0)(r1+s1−t1)=0(r_0+s_0-t_0)(r_1+s_1-t_1) = 0(r0​+s0​−t0​)(r1​+s1​−t1​)=0;
  7. "c or c⋅com(−1;0,0)c \cdot \mathrm{com}(-1; 0, 0)c⋅com(−1;0,0) is a commitment to 0";
  8. the identity P01(ck,0,(r0,s0);t)=P01(ck,1,(r1,s1);t+r0s1−s0r1)P_{01}(ck, 0, (r_0, s_0); t) = P_{01}(ck, 1, (r_1, s_1); t + r_0 s_1 - s_0 r_1)P01​(ck,0,(r0​,s0​);t)=P01​(ck,1,(r1​,s1​);t+r0​s1​−s0​r1​) on hiding keys.

Significance

The perfect properties are what the paper's later results consume. Perfect soundness and extractability on binding keys give the perfectly sound NIZK proof of knowledge for Circuit SAT (Theorem 6). Perfect WI, trapdoor opening and non-erasure WI on hiding keys give perfect zero-knowledge (Lemma 8 and Theorem 11) and the adaptive and UC-secure variants of Sections 7 and 8. Theorem 4 transfers all of this to prime-order bilinear groups under the decisional linear assumption.

The theorem is published and its proof is short, but the printed construction contains an error. With the signs of ttt in π12\pi_{12}π12​ and π21\pi_{21}π21​ as printed in Figure 2, an honest proof fails the fourth and sixth verification equations whenever 2t≠02t \ne 02t=0. A machine-checked proof fixes the corrected construction, under which the paper's own witness-indistinguishability argument goes through. No formalization of this scheme, or of the decisional linear setting, exists on the platform or in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The algebra is modest. The work lies in carrying exponents in Zp\mathbb Z_pZp​ through powers in groups of order ppp, and in getting the soundness argument right. An accepted proof only constrains discrete logarithms of the proof elements, so the six pairing equations must first be turned into six equations between exponents. That step is valid only because fff, hhh and e(g,g)e(g, g)e(g,g) are nondegenerate. Soundness then needs the observation that the product of two specific linear forms vanishes, and it fails outright on a hiding key (z=0z = 0z=0). Witness indistinguishability is an exact identity between proofs, which holds only for the corrected prover.

Formalization scope

  • Groups. G\mathbb GG and GT\mathbb G_TGT​ are finite commutative groups of cardinality ppp, ppp prime. The pairing is a monoid homomorphism G →* G →* GT, which is equivalent to bilinearity. ggg generates G\mathbb GG and e(g,g)e(g, g)e(g,g) generates GT\mathbb G_TGT​.
  • Exponents. Exponents are elements of ZMod p, acting through their representative in {0,…,p−1}\{0, \dots, p-1\}{0,…,p−1}.
  • Keys. The key generators are represented by their supports. A binding key requires x,y,z≠0x, y, z \ne 0x,y,z=0 and a hiding key requires x,y≠0x, y \ne 0x,y=0. Without z≠0z \ne 0z=0 a "binding" key is hiding and soundness is false. Without x,y≠0x, y \ne 0x,y=0 the verification equations degenerate.
  • Prover. P01P_{01}P01​ is the corrected prover; the erratum is recorded on every item it affects.
  • Probabilities. "For all adversaries, probability 1" is stated for every key in the support and every adversarial choice. "Equal probabilities for all adversaries" is stated as equality of probability mass functions over the uniform proof randomness. For perfect properties both readings are equivalent.
  • Dropped. The computational content is out of scope: the efficiency of the algorithms, key indistinguishability, and the decisional linear assumption itself (Definition 3).
  • Simulator. The non-erasure simulator is the explicit map t↦t+r0s1−s0r1t \mapsto t + r_0 s_1 - s_0 r_1t↦t+r0​s1​−s0​r1​ that the proof constructs, so the statement cannot be met by an arbitrary unbounded function.
  • No trivial readings. A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The verifier's equations are not vacuous (e(g,g)≠1e(g, g) \ne 1e(g,g)=1, f,h≠1f, h \ne 1f,h=1), binding keys have z≠0z \ne 0z=0, and the definitions are instantiated on a concrete group of order 5 in a local check: the corrected proof is accepted there and the printed one is rejected.
  • Contributions. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and a reusable development of discrete logarithms in groups of prime order.

Selected references

  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge, Journal of the ACM 59(3), Article 11, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1145/2220357.2220358
  • D. Boneh, X. Boyen, H. Shacham, Short Group Signatures, CRYPTO 2004, LNCS 3152. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-28628-8_3
  • J. Groth, A. Sahai, Efficient Non-interactive Proof Systems for Bilinear Groups, EUROCRYPT 2008, LNCS 4965. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-78967-3_24
  • D. Boneh, E.-J. Goh, K. Nissim, Evaluating 2-DNF Formulas on Ciphertexts, TCC 2005, LNCS 3378. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30576-7_18
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge 2: On a Perfectly Hiding Key the Circuit-SAT Proof from a Homomorphic Proof Commitment Is Perfect Zero-KnowledgeResearch Paper

Motivation

A non-interactive zero-knowledge (NIZK) proof lets a prover convince a verifier that a statement is true by sending a single message, computed from a common reference string σ\sigmaσ that both parties share, without revealing anything beyond the truth of the statement. NIZK proofs were introduced by Blum, Feldman and Micali (STOC 1988) and are a building block of chosen-ciphertext secure encryption, signatures and secure multi-party computation. For a long time every NIZK proof for all of NP was zero-knowledge only computationally: a simulator produced proofs that no efficient adversary could tell apart from real ones.

Groth, Ostrovsky and Sahai (J. ACM 59(3), 2012; conference versions at Eurocrypt 2006 and Crypto 2006) gave the first NIZK argument for all of NP whose zero-knowledge is perfect: real and simulated proofs have exactly the same distribution, so even an unbounded adversary learns nothing. The construction is the Circuit SAT proof of their Figure 3, run on a perfectly hiding key of a homomorphic proof commitment scheme. Its zero-knowledge is Lemma 8 of the paper, and it is the zero-knowledge half of their Theorem 11.

Setting

A homomorphic proof commitment scheme has a message space MMM (a finite cyclic group with generator 111, here Z/N\mathbb Z/NZ/N), a randomizer space RRR and a commitment space CCC, all finite abelian groups, and a commitment function comck(m;r)\mathrm{com}_{ck}(m; r)comck​(m;r). A hiding key generator KhidingK_{\mathrm{hiding}}Khiding​ outputs a commitment key ckckck together with a trapdoor tktktk. The scheme is assumed to have:

  1. the homomorphic property, com(m1+m2;r1+r2)=com(m1;r1) com(m2;r2)\mathrm{com}(m_1+m_2; r_1+r_2) = \mathrm{com}(m_1; r_1)\,\mathrm{com}(m_2; r_2)com(m1​+m2​;r1​+r2​)=com(m1​;r1​)com(m2​;r2​);
  2. perfect trapdoor opening: Topentk(m1,r1,m2)\mathrm{Topen}_{tk}(m_1, r_1, m_2)Topentk​(m1​,r1​,m2​) returns r2r_2r2​ with com(m2;r2)=com(m1;r1)\mathrm{com}(m_2; r_2) = \mathrm{com}(m_1; r_1)com(m2​;r2​)=com(m1​;r1​);
  3. perfect trapdoor opening indistinguishability: for uniform r1r_1r1​, the opening Topentk(m1,r1,m2)\mathrm{Topen}_{tk}(m_1, r_1, m_2)Topentk​(m1​,r1​,m2​) is distributed, jointly with ckckck, as a fresh uniform randomizer;
  4. perfect witness indistinguishability of a proof P01(ck,m,r;ρ)P_{01}(ck, m, r; \rho)P01​(ck,m,r;ρ) that a commitment contains 000 or 111: if com(0;r0)=com(1;r1)\mathrm{com}(0; r_0) = \mathrm{com}(1; r_1)com(0;r0​)=com(1;r1​), the proofs made from (0,r0)(0, r_0)(0,r0​) and from (1,r1)(1, r_1)(1,r1​) have the same law.

A NAND circuit on nnn wires is a list of gates (i,j,k)(i, j, k)(i,j,k) and an output wire out\mathrm{out}out; a witness w∈{0,1}nw \in \{0,1\}^nw∈{0,1}n satisfies it, C(w)=1C(w) = 1C(w)=1, if wk=¬(wi∧wj)w_k = \neg(w_i \wedge w_j)wk​=¬(wi​∧wj​) for every gate and wout=1w_{\mathrm{out}} = 1wout​=1. The prover P(σ,C,w)P(\sigma, C, w)P(σ,C,w) of Figure 3, with σ=ck\sigma = ckσ=ck, commits to every wire, ci=com(wi;ri)c_i = \mathrm{com}(w_i; r_i)ci​=com(wi​;ri​) with cout=com(1;0)c_{\mathrm{out}} = \mathrm{com}(1; 0)cout​=com(1;0), proves that each commitment contains 000 or 111, and for each gate proves that cicjck2 com(−2;0)c_i c_j c_k^2\,\mathrm{com}(-2; 0)ci​cj​ck2​com(−2;0) contains 000 or 111.

The simulator is S1=KhidingS_1 = K_{\mathrm{hiding}}S1​=Khiding​, returning σ=ck\sigma = ckσ=ck and τ=tk\tau = tkτ=tk, and S2(σ,τ,C)S_2(\sigma, \tau, C)S2​(σ,τ,C), which commits to 000 on every wire except the output wire, and makes all the 0/1 proofs from openings it knows or obtains with the trapdoor. In the zero-knowledge game an adaptive adversary AAA reads σ\sigmaσ, submits pairs (C,w)(C, w)(C,w) to an oracle one at a time, sees each answer before choosing the next, and outputs a bit. The real oracle answers with P(σ,C,w)P(\sigma, C, w)P(σ,C,w), the simulation oracle with S2(σ,τ,C)S_2(\sigma, \tau, C)S2​(σ,τ,C); both answer failure when C(w)≠1C(w) \neq 1C(w)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 8, perfect zero-knowledge

For every adaptive adversary AAA,

Pr⁡[σ←Sσ:AP(σ,⋅,⋅)(σ)=1]=Pr⁡[(σ,τ)←S1:AS(σ,τ,⋅,⋅)(σ)=1],\Pr\big[\sigma \leftarrow S_\sigma : A^{P(\sigma,\cdot,\cdot)}(\sigma) = 1\big] = \Pr\big[(\sigma, \tau) \leftarrow S_1 : A^{S(\sigma,\tau,\cdot,\cdot)}(\sigma) = 1\big],Pr[σ←Sσ​:AP(σ,⋅,⋅)(σ)=1]=Pr[(σ,τ)←S1​:AS(σ,τ,⋅,⋅)(σ)=1],

where SσS_\sigmaSσ​ is KhidingK_{\mathrm{hiding}}Khiding​ restricted to its first output.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Gate witness (proof of Lemma 8, p. 15): with ci,cj,ckc_i, c_j, c_kci​,cj​,ck​ commitments to 000 and rk′=Topentk(0,rk,1)r'_k = \mathrm{Topen}_{tk}(0, r_k, 1)rk′​=Topentk​(0,rk​,1),
cicjck2 com(−2;0)=com(0;ri+rj+2rk′).c_i c_j c_k^2\,\mathrm{com}(-2; 0) = \mathrm{com}(0; r_i + r_j + 2r'_k).ci​cj​ck2​com(−2;0)=com(0;ri​+rj​+2rk′​).
  1. Trapdoor-opened wires: com(wi;Topentk(0,ri,wi))=com(0;ri)\mathrm{com}(w_i; \mathrm{Topen}_{tk}(0, r_i, w_i)) = \mathrm{com}(0; r_i)com(wi​;Topentk​(0,ri​,wi​))=com(0;ri​), and the simulated commitments (com(0;ri))i(\mathrm{com}(0; r_i))_i(com(0;ri​))i​ have the law of the honest commitments (com(wi;ri))i(\mathrm{com}(w_i; r_i))_i(com(wi​;ri​))i​.
  2. Witness indistinguishability for two 0/1 openings: 0/1 proofs made from any two openings (m,r)(m, r)(m,r), (m′,r′)(m', r')(m′,r′) of the same commitment, m,m′∈{0,1}m, m' \in \{0,1\}m,m′∈{0,1}, have the same law.
  3. One query: for every hiding key and every (C,w)(C, w)(C,w) with C(w)=1C(w) = 1C(w)=1, P(ck,C,w)=dS2(ck,tk,C)P(ck, C, w) \overset{d}{=} S_2(ck, tk, C)P(ck,C,w)=dS2​(ck,tk,C).

Significance

Lemma 8 makes the Circuit SAT argument of Section 7 the first perfect NIZK argument for every language in NP. Combined with the computational indistinguishability of binding and hiding keys it also gives the computational zero-knowledge of the proof of Figure 3 (Theorem 6), and it is the template for the perfect zero-knowledge of the universally composable NIZK of the paper's Section 8. The same simulation pattern, commit to 000 everywhere and use the trapdoor where an opening is needed, recurs in later pairing-based proof systems such as Groth–Sahai proofs.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. A formal proof fixes the simulator completely, including the cases the paper leaves to the reader, and makes the adaptive multi-query argument explicit: the paper's proof treats one proof at a time and does not spell out why answering many adaptively chosen queries preserves equality of distributions.

Difficulty

The real and simulated proofs never use the same randomizers, so the proof cannot compare outputs value by value; it must compare laws. Two gaps in the printed argument need to be closed. First, witness indistinguishability is assumed only for one opening to 000 against one opening to 111, while comparing a simulated gate proof with a real one compares two openings that may carry the same message; the trapdoor supplies the missing intermediate opening. Second, the printed gate recipe gives the gate commitment the message 000 only when no input of the gate is the output wire; when the output wire is an input, the message is 111 or 222, and 222 has no 0/1 opening, so the simulator must open the gate commitment itself with the trapdoor. The adaptive adversary adds a third point: equality of laws must survive an arbitrary interaction in which later queries depend on earlier answers.

Formalization scope

  • The message space is ZMod N with N≥4N \ge 4N≥4 (the paper describes Figure 3 for order at least 4, p. 14); RRR and RproofR_{\mathrm{proof}}Rproof​ are finite nonempty types, CCC a commutative group. Key generators and the 0/1 prover's randomness are probability mass functions; the coins are uniform.
  • Probability-one properties are stated for every key in the support of KhidingK_{\mathrm{hiding}}Khiding​; equalities of probabilities for all adversaries are stated as equalities of laws. Trapdoor opening indistinguishability is the joint law with ckckck, since the adversary does not see tktktk.
  • The adversary is a well-founded tree of fair coin tosses and adaptive oracle queries that reads σ\sigmaσ. Quantifying over all such trees is stronger than quantifying over polynomial-time adversaries. No running-time bound is imposed on the simulator.
  • The simulator is the specific S2S_2S2​ defined in the mission, a function of ckckck, tktktk, the circuit and fresh coins. A "simulator" that runs the honest prover on the witness would make the statement trivial and is ruled out by this definition. Each gate commitment is opened to 000 with Topentk\mathrm{Topen}_{tk}Topentk​, which covers the output-wire case.
  • Out of scope: key indistinguishability and every computational statement (computational soundness of Theorem 11, adaptive culpable soundness, the UC results); the second sentence of Lemma 8 (perfect non-erasure zero-knowledge); the verifier of Figure 3, which zero-knowledge does not involve.
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the query-tree adversary with its output law, and the abstract homomorphic proof commitment with its perfect properties. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and a general lemma that oracles with equal laws give equal output laws to every adaptive adversary.

Selected references

  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge, Journal of the ACM 59(3), Article 11, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1145/2220357.2220358
  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, Perfect Non-interactive Zero Knowledge for NP, EUROCRYPT 2006, LNCS 4004. https://doi.org/10.1007/11761679_21
  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, Non-interactive Zaps and New Techniques for NIZK, CRYPTO 2006, LNCS 4117. https://doi.org/10.1007/11818175_6
  • M. Blum, P. Feldman, S. Micali, Non-Interactive Zero-Knowledge and Its Applications, STOC 1988. https://doi.org/10.1145/62212.62222
  • U. Feige, D. Lapidot, A. Shamir, Multiple NonInteractive Zero Knowledge Proofs Under General Assumptions, SIAM J. Comput. 29(1), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539792230010
  • J. Groth, A. Sahai, Efficient Non-interactive Proof Systems for Bilinear Groups, EUROCRYPT 2008, LNCS 4965. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-78967-3_24
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Group TheoryNumber Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge 3: The Subgroup-Decision (BGN) Commitment Is Perfectly Binding and Extractable, with a Perfectly Sound, Witness-Indistinguishable 0/1 ProofResearch Paper

Motivation

A non-interactive zero-knowledge (NIZK) proof lets a prover convince a verifier that a statement is true by sending a single message, without revealing why it is true. NIZK proofs are a basic building block of public-key cryptography: chosen-ciphertext secure encryption, signature schemes and secure multi-party computation all use them. Groth, Ostrovsky and Sahai, New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge (J. ACM 59(3), 2012; conference versions at Eurocrypt 2006 and Crypto 2006), built the first NIZK proofs for all of NP that are perfectly sound and the first NIZK arguments that are perfectly zero-knowledge, using bilinear groups.

The construction rests on a single primitive, the homomorphic proof commitment: a commitment scheme with two kinds of keys (perfectly binding and perfectly hiding) together with a short non-interactive proof that a commitment contains 000 or 111. Section 4 of the paper instantiates this primitive in a bilinear group of composite order n=pqn = pqn=pq, building on the encryption scheme of Boneh, Goh and Nissim (TCC 2005); Section 5 gives a second instantiation in prime-order groups. Theorem 2 states that the composite-order scheme of Figure 1 has all the required properties. This mission formalizes the part of Theorem 2 that is an exact mathematical statement.

Timeline: Boneh, Goh and Nissim (2005) introduced the subgroup decision assumption and the encryption gmhrg^m h^rgmhr in groups of order pqpqpq. Groth, Ostrovsky and Sahai (Eurocrypt 2006) used it for perfect NIZK; the simple 0/1 proof π=(g2m−1hr)r\pi = (g^{2m-1}h^r)^rπ=(g2m−1hr)r used in Figure 1 is due to an observation of Boyen and Waters (Eurocrypt 2006), as the paper's footnote 7 records. The journal version (2012) presents both instantiations through the abstract notion of a homomorphic proof commitment.

Setting

A BGN bilinear group is a tuple (p,q,G,GT,e,g)(p, q, \mathbb G, \mathbb G_T, e, g)(p,q,G,GT​,e,g) where p<qp < qp<q are primes, G\mathbb GG and GT\mathbb G_TGT​ are finite commutative groups of order n=pqn = pqn=pq, e:G×G→GTe : \mathbb G \times \mathbb G \to \mathbb G_Te:G×G→GT​ is bilinear (e(ua,vb)=e(u,v)abe(u^a, v^b) = e(u, v)^{ab}e(ua,vb)=e(u,v)ab for all u,v∈Gu, v \in \mathbb Gu,v∈G, a,b∈Za, b \in \mathbb Za,b∈Z), ggg generates G\mathbb GG, and e(g,g)e(g, g)e(g,g) generates GT\mathbb G_TGT​.

The commitment key is ck=(n,G,GT,e,g,h)ck = (n, \mathbb G, \mathbb G_T, e, g, h)ck=(n,G,GT​,e,g,h) for an element h∈Gh \in \mathbb Gh∈G of one of two kinds:

  • a perfectly binding key has h=gpxh = g^{px}h=gpx with xxx a unit modulo qqq, so hhh has order qqq; the extraction key is qqq;
  • a perfectly hiding key has h=gxh = g^xh=gx with xxx a unit modulo nnn, so hhh generates G\mathbb GG; the trapdoor is xxx.

The commitment to a message mmm with randomizer r∈Znr \in \mathbb Z_nr∈Zn​ is com(m;r)=gmhr\mathrm{com}(m; r) = g^m h^rcom(m;r)=gmhr. The trapdoor opening is Topenx(m,r,m′)=r−(m′−m)/x mod n\mathrm{Topen}_x(m, r, m') = r - (m'-m)/x \bmod nTopenx​(m,r,m′)=r−(m′−m)/xmodn. The 0/1 proof for a commitment c=gmhrc = g^m h^rc=gmhr is π=P01(m,r)=(g2m−1hr)r\pi = P_{01}(m, r) = (g^{2m-1} h^r)^rπ=P01​(m,r)=(g2m−1hr)r, and the verifier V01V_{01}V01​ accepts (c,π)(c, \pi)(c,π) when e(c,cg−1)=e(h,π)e(c, cg^{-1}) = e(h, \pi)e(c,cg−1)=e(h,π). The extractor Ext\mathrm{Ext}Ext computes cqc^qcq and searches for mmm with cq=(gq)mc^q = (g^q)^mcq=(gq)m.

Formalization targets

Goal: the exact part of Theorem 2

For every BGN bilinear group, the scheme above satisfies:

(homomorphic, either key)com(m1+m2;r1+r2)=com(m1;r1) com(m2;r2),(perfect binding)com(m1;r1)=com(m2;r2)⇒m1≡m2(modp),(trapdoor opening)com(m2;Topenx(m1,r1,m2))=com(m1;r1),(opening indistinguishability)r1 uniform⇒Topenx(m1,r1,m2) uniform,(completeness, either key)m∈{0,1}⇒V01(com(m;r),P01(m,r)),(soundness)V01(c,π)⇒∃ m∈{0,1},r:c=com(m;r),(witness indistinguishability)com(m;r0)=com(1−m;r1)⇒P01(m,r0)=P01(1−m,r1),(extractability)m∈{0,1}⇒Ext(com(m;r))=m,\begin{aligned} &\text{(homomorphic, either key)} && \mathrm{com}(m_1+m_2; r_1+r_2) = \mathrm{com}(m_1; r_1)\,\mathrm{com}(m_2; r_2),\\ &\text{(perfect binding)} && \mathrm{com}(m_1; r_1) = \mathrm{com}(m_2; r_2) \Rightarrow m_1 \equiv m_2 \pmod p,\\ &\text{(trapdoor opening)} && \mathrm{com}(m_2; \mathrm{Topen}_x(m_1, r_1, m_2)) = \mathrm{com}(m_1; r_1),\\ &\text{(opening indistinguishability)} && r_1 \text{ uniform} \Rightarrow \mathrm{Topen}_x(m_1, r_1, m_2) \text{ uniform},\\ &\text{(completeness, either key)} && m \in \{0,1\} \Rightarrow V_{01}(\mathrm{com}(m; r), P_{01}(m, r)),\\ &\text{(soundness)} && V_{01}(c, \pi) \Rightarrow \exists\, m \in \{0,1\}, r : c = \mathrm{com}(m; r),\\ &\text{(witness indistinguishability)} && \mathrm{com}(m; r_0) = \mathrm{com}(1-m; r_1) \Rightarrow P_{01}(m, r_0) = P_{01}(1-m, r_1),\\ &\text{(extractability)} && m \in \{0,1\} \Rightarrow \mathrm{Ext}(\mathrm{com}(m; r)) = m, \end{aligned}​(homomorphic, either key)(perfect binding)(trapdoor opening)(opening indistinguishability)(completeness, either key)(soundness)(witness indistinguishability)(extractability)​​com(m1​+m2​;r1​+r2​)=com(m1​;r1​)com(m2​;r2​),com(m1​;r1​)=com(m2​;r2​)⇒m1​≡m2​(modp),com(m2​;Topenx​(m1​,r1​,m2​))=com(m1​;r1​),r1​ uniform⇒Topenx​(m1​,r1​,m2​) uniform,m∈{0,1}⇒V01​(com(m;r),P01​(m,r)),V01​(c,π)⇒∃m∈{0,1},r:c=com(m;r),com(m;r0​)=com(1−m;r1​)⇒P01​(m,r0​)=P01​(1−m,r1​),m∈{0,1}⇒Ext(com(m;r))=m,​

with binding, soundness and extractability on binding keys, and trapdoor opening and witness indistinguishability on hiding keys.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof of Theorem 2 (p. 9) and Figure 1 (p. 10): the homomorphic property; perfect binding; the extraction identity cq=(gq)mc^q = (g^q)^mcq=(gq)m; the trapdoor identity gmhr=gm′hr−(m′−m)/xg^m h^r = g^{m'} h^{r-(m'-m)/x}gmhr=gm′hr−(m′−m)/x and the uniqueness of openings on a hiding key; the completeness display e(c,cg−1)=e(g,g)m(m−1)e(hr,g2m−1hr)=e(h,π)e(c, cg^{-1}) = e(g,g)^{m(m-1)} e(h^r, g^{2m-1}h^r) = e(h, \pi)e(c,cg−1)=e(g,g)m(m−1)e(hr,g2m−1hr)=e(h,π); the decomposition of every element as gmhrg^m h^rgmhr on a binding key; the step "e(g,g)m(m−1)e(g,g)^{m(m-1)}e(g,g)m(m−1) of order 111 or qqq implies m≡0m \equiv 0m≡0 or 1(modp)1 \pmod p1(modp)"; perfect soundness; and the uniqueness of the proof on a hiding key, which gives witness indistinguishability.

Significance

Theorem 2 is one of the two instantiations on which every exact result of the paper rests. Plugged into the Circuit-SAT construction of Section 6, the binding-key properties give a perfectly sound NIZK proof and a perfect proof of knowledge for every NP relation, and the hiding-key properties give a perfect zero-knowledge NIZK argument. The same composite-order techniques underlie later pairing-based proof systems, notably the Groth–Sahai proofs.

The paper's proof is about one page of group computations and has, as far as the planning of this series found, no machine-checked counterpart. The mission produces a reusable model of composite-order bilinear groups and of the BGN commitment, and checks details the paper leaves implicit: the message space Zp\mathbb Z_pZp​ versus exponents taken modulo nnn, the role of the non-degeneracy of eee, and the order arguments behind soundness.

Difficulty

Each property is elementary on its own, but soundness is not a plain computation: the verifier only sees ccc and π\piπ, and the conclusion asks for an opening of ccc with message in {0,1}\{0, 1\}{0,1} from a single pairing equation. An argument that only manipulates the equation symbolically cannot reach it; the statement depends on the orders of elements in GT\mathbb G_TGT​, on e(g,g)e(g,g)e(g,g) generating GT\mathbb G_TGT​ (with a degenerate pairing soundness is false), and on ppp and qqq being distinct primes. A second subtlety is that a message is only determined modulo ppp by a commitment under a binding key, while the conclusion asks for a message that is exactly 000 or 111 in Zn\mathbb Z_nZn​.

Formalization scope

  • G\mathbb GG, GT\mathbb G_TGT​ are finite commutative groups with Fintype.card = p * q; eee is a homomorphism G →* G →* GT, which is exactly bilinearity; ggg generates G\mathbb GG and e(g,g)e(g,g)e(g,g) generates GT\mathbb G_TGT​ (both as hypotheses of the structure BGNSetup).
  • Messages and randomizers are elements of ZMod n; gag^aga is ggg to the representative of aaa in {0,…,n−1}\{0, \dots, n-1\}{0,…,n−1}. The paper's message space is Zp\mathbb Z_pZp​, but gmg^mgm is not well defined for m∈Zpm \in \mathbb Z_pm∈Zp​ in a group of order pqpqpq; binding and extraction therefore compare messages modulo ppp.
  • Keys are described by the support of the key generators; each "probability 111 for every adversary" property is stated for every key in that support and every adversary choice. Trapdoor opening indistinguishability is an equality of probability mass functions. The prover is deterministic, so witness indistinguishability is equality of proofs, and non-erasure witness indistinguishability holds with the empty proof randomness.
  • Not formalized: the subgroup decision assumption (Definition 1), key indistinguishability, the clause "if the subgroup decision assumption holds", the randomized generator GBGN\mathcal G_{\mathrm{BGN}}GBGN​ and its efficiency, and the elliptic-curve example on p. 9.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: soundness is stated only for binding keys h=gpxh = g^{px}h=gpx with xxx a unit modulo qqq, with the non-degeneracy of eee as a hypothesis, and the extractor is an exhaustive search over Zp\mathbb Z_pZp​, not a test that presupposes m∈{0,1}m \in \{0,1\}m∈{0,1}.
  • The model of composite-order bilinear groups is reusable for other BGN-based results. Proofs of any milestone are welcome; the trapdoor and homomorphism identities are good first targets.

Selected references

  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge, Journal of the ACM 59(3), Article 11, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1145/2220357.2220358
  • D. Boneh, E.-J. Goh, K. Nissim, Evaluating 2-DNF Formulas on Ciphertexts, TCC 2005, LNCS 3378, pp. 325–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30576-7_18
  • X. Boyen, B. Waters, Compact Group Signatures Without Random Oracles, Eurocrypt 2006, LNCS 4004, pp. 427–444. https://doi.org/10.1007/11761679_26
  • T. P. Pedersen, Non-Interactive and Information-Theoretic Secure Verifiable Secret Sharing, Crypto 1991, LNCS 576, pp. 129–140. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-46766-1_9
  • J. Groth, A. Sahai, Efficient Non-interactive Proof Systems for Bilinear Groups, Eurocrypt 2008, LNCS 4965, pp. 415–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-78967-3_24
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear algebraProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Spectral Sparsification of Graphs 1: Sampling Each Edge of a High-Conductance Graph with Probability min(1, Υ/min(dᵢ, dⱼ)) Gives a (1+ε)-Spectral Approximation with Few EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

A spectral sparsifier of a graph is a much sparser weighted graph whose Laplacian quadratic form is within a factor σ\sigmaσ of the original on every vector. Spielman and Teng introduced the notion in Spectral Sparsification of Graphs as a strengthening of the cut sparsifiers of Benczúr and Karger: a spectral sparsifier preserves every cut, and in addition every quantity determined by the Laplacian quadratic form, such as effective resistances, eigenvalues and the behaviour of random walks. Sparsifiers are the reason linear systems in graph Laplacians can be solved in nearly linear time: one preconditions with a sparsifier and solves the sparse system instead (Spielman–Teng, arXiv:cs/0607105).

The construction in the paper has two halves: decompose the graph into pieces of high conductance, then sparsify each piece by random sampling. This mission is the second half, Theorem 6.1 of §6: in a graph whose normalized Laplacian has a spectral gap, keeping each edge independently with probability inversely proportional to the smaller degree of its endpoints, and reweighting kept edges by the inverse probability, produces a (1+ϵ)(1+\epsilon)(1+ϵ)-spectral approximation with few edges, with high probability.

Timeline. Benczúr and Karger (1996) sampled edges with probabilities depending on edge strength and preserved cuts. Achlioptas and McSherry (2001) analysed random sampling of matrices through the random-matrix norm bound of Füredi and Komlós (1981), corrected by Vu (2007). Spielman and Teng (arXiv 2008, SIAM J. Comput. 2011) proved Theorem 6.1 by refining the Füredi–Komlós trace method for downsampling graphs that may already be sparse. Spielman and Srivastava (2008) later replaced conductance-based probabilities by effective resistances.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be an unweighted graph on a finite vertex set VVV, n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣, with degrees did_idi​, adjacency matrix AAA, diagonal degree matrix DDD and Laplacian LG=D−AL_G=D-ALG​=D−A. Its quadratic form is

xTLGx=∑{u,v}∈E(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.x^TL_Gx=\sum_{\{u,v\}\in E}(x(u)-x(v))^2,\qquad x\in\mathbb R^V .xTLG​x={u,v}∈E∑​(x(u)−x(v))2,x∈RV.

A weighted graph G~\widetilde GG on VVV with weights w(u,v)≥0w(u,v)\ge0w(u,v)≥0 has the form xTLG~x=∑{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2x^TL_{\widetilde G}x=\sum_{\{u,v\}}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^2xTLG​x=∑{u,v}​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2. G~\widetilde GG is a σ\sigmaσ-approximation of GGG if for all xxx

1σ xTLG~x≤xTLGx≤σ xTLG~x.\tfrac1\sigma\,x^TL_{\widetilde G}x\le x^TL_Gx\le\sigma\,x^TL_{\widetilde G}x .σ1​xTLG​x≤xTLG​x≤σxTLG​x.

When every degree is positive, the normalized Laplacian is LG=D−1/2LGD−1/2\mathcal L_G=D^{-1/2}L_GD^{-1/2}LG​=D−1/2LG​D−1/2; its eigenvalues lie in [0,2][0,2][0,2], and a lower bound λ\lambdaλ on its smallest non-zero eigenvalue measures how well connected each component of GGG is (by Cheeger's inequality it is equivalent to high conductance up to squaring).

Sampling. For a parameter Υ>1\Upsilon>1Υ>1, edge (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) is assigned

pi,j=min⁡(1,Υmin⁡(di,dj)),p_{i,j}=\min\Big(1,\frac{\Upsilon}{\min(d_i,d_j)}\Big),pi,j​=min(1,min(di​,dj​)Υ​),

each edge is kept independently with probability pi,jp_{i,j}pi,j​, and a kept edge gets weight 1/pi,j1/p_{i,j}1/pi,j​. The sampled adjacency matrix A~\widetilde AA then has E[A~]=A\mathbf E[\widetilde A]=AE[A]=A; D~\widetilde DD is the diagonal matrix of weighted degrees of the sampled graph.

The procedure. In Theorem 6.1 sampling is applied only to the edges FFF of an induced subgraph G(S)G(S)G(S), S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V; the other edges H=E−FH=E-FH=E−F are kept with weight 1. Sample((S,F),ϵ,p,λ)\mathtt{Sample}((S,F),\epsilon,p,\lambda)Sample((S,F),ϵ,p,λ) sets Υ=(12k/(ϵλ))2\Upsilon=(12k/(\epsilon\lambda))^2Υ=(12k/(ϵλ))2 and uses the degrees did_idi​ of G(S)G(S)G(S); the paper takes k=max⁡(log⁡2(3/p),log⁡2∣S∣)k=\max(\log_2(3/p),\log_2|S|)k=max(log2​(3/p),log2​∣S∣).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1 (p. 8)

For ϵ,p∈(0,1/2)\epsilon,p\in(0,1/2)ϵ,p∈(0,1/2), GGG without isolated vertices whose smallest non-zero normalized Laplacian eigenvalue is at least λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V, and an even integer k≥max⁡(log⁡2(3/p),log⁡2∣S∣)k\ge\max(\log_2(3/p),\log_2|S|)k≥max(log2​(3/p),log2​∣S∣): with probability at least 1−p1-p1−p, simultaneously

(S.1)  G~=(V,F~∪H) is a (1+ϵ)-approximation of G,(S.2)  ∣F~∣≤288 k2(ϵλ)2 ∣S∣.\text{(S.1)}\ \ \widetilde G=(V,\widetilde F\cup H)\ \text{is a }(1+\epsilon)\text{-approximation of }G,\qquad \text{(S.2)}\ \ |\widetilde F|\le\frac{288\,k^2}{(\epsilon\lambda)^2}\,|S| .(S.1)  G=(V,F∪H) is a (1+ϵ)-approximation of G,(S.2)  ∣F∣≤(ϵλ)2288k2​∣S∣.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 6.2 (p. 8): if λ2(D−1/2LD−1/2)≥λ\lambda_2(D^{-1/2}LD^{-1/2})\ge\lambdaλ2​(D−1/2LD−1/2)≥λ and ∥D−1/2(L−L~)D−1/2∥≤ϵ<λ\|D^{-1/2}(L-\widetilde L)D^{-1/2}\|\le\epsilon<\lambda∥D−1/2(L−L)D−1/2∥≤ϵ<λ, then G~\widetilde GG is a λ/(λ−ϵ)\lambda/(\lambda-\epsilon)λ/(λ−ϵ)-approximation of a connected GGG.
  • Claim 6.5 (p. 13): ∣Δi,j∣≤1/Υ|\Delta_{i,j}|\le1/\Upsilon∣Δi,j​∣≤1/Υ for Δ=D−1(A~−A)\Delta=D^{-1}(\widetilde A-A)Δ=D−1(A−A), on every outcome of positive probability.
  • Lemma 6.6 (p. 13): E[Δr,tkΔt,rl]≤Υ−(k+l−1)dr−1\mathbf E[\Delta_{r,t}^k\Delta_{t,r}^l]\le\Upsilon^{-(k+l-1)}d_r^{-1}E[Δr,tk​Δt,rl​]≤Υ−(k+l−1)dr−1​ for every edge, k≥1k\ge1k≥1, l≥0l\ge0l≥0.
  • Lemma 6.4 (p. 10): E[Tr⁡(Δk)]≤nkk/Υk/2\mathbf E[\operatorname{Tr}(\Delta^k)]\le nk^k/\Upsilon^{k/2}E[Tr(Δk)]≤nkk/Υk/2 for even kkk.
  • Lemma 6.3 (p. 9): Pr⁡[∥D−1/2(A~−A)D−1/2∥≥2kn1/k/Υ]≤2−k\Pr[\|D^{-1/2}(\widetilde A-A)D^{-1/2}\|\ge 2kn^{1/k}/\sqrt\Upsilon]\le2^{-k}Pr[∥D−1/2(A−A)D−1/2∥≥2kn1/k/Υ​]≤2−k for even k>0k>0k>0.
  • Theorem 6.8 (p. 15, Chernoff bound, cited from Raghavan 1988).
  • Lemma 6.7 (p. 14): Pr⁡[∥D−1/2(D−D~)D−1/2∥≥ϵ]≤2ne−Υϵ2/3\Pr[\|D^{-1/2}(D-\widetilde D)D^{-1/2}\|\ge\epsilon]\le2ne^{-\Upsilon\epsilon^2/3}Pr[∥D−1/2(D−D)D−1/2∥≥ϵ]≤2ne−Υϵ2/3 for 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1.

Significance

Theorem 6.1 is the sampling engine of the first nearly-linear-time spectral sparsification algorithm: combined with a decomposition of an arbitrary graph into high-conductance pieces (§7–§10 of the paper), it yields sparsifiers with O(nlog⁡cn/ϵ2)O(n\log^c n/\epsilon^2)O(nlogcn/ϵ2) edges, which in turn give the nearly-linear-time Laplacian solvers that underlie fast algorithms for electrical flows, maximum flow approximation and graph partitioning. Lemma 6.3 is a self-contained random-matrix result: a norm bound for the normalized deviation of a downsampled graph that does not assume the original graph is dense.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is formalized in Lean or Mathlib: Mathlib has the graph Laplacian (SimpleGraph.lapMatrix) and the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices, but no normalized Laplacian, no spectral approximation and no trace-method bounds for random matrices. A complete formalization would be the first machine-checked proof of a spectral sparsification theorem, and the milestones (the trace-method moment bound, Chernoff for weighted two-point sums) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

The obvious argument — bound each entry of A~−A\widetilde A-AA−A and apply a matrix concentration inequality — needs either a matrix Chernoff bound (not in the paper, and not in Mathlib) or the Füredi–Komlós trace method, which assumes every edge can appear and so fails when the graph is already sparse: a vertex of small degree has no room for its entries to average out. The paper's sampling probabilities keep every edge at a vertex of degree at most Υ\UpsilonΥ, and the trace computation has to exploit exactly this through the moment bound of Lemma 6.6 and a combinatorial count of closed walks. Formally, the obstacles are the walk-counting argument of Lemma 6.4, the passage from a trace bound to an eigenvalue bound for the non-symmetric Δ\DeltaΔ (similar to a symmetric matrix), and Lemma 6.2's restriction to the orthogonal complement of the kernel, which must handle disconnected GGG in the goal.

Formalization scope

  • Vertex sets are finite types V; graphs are SimpleGraph V with decidable adjacency; weighted graphs are weight functions V → V → ℝ (symmetric, nonnegative, loopless). The quadratic form is 12∑u,vw(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2\frac12\sum_{u,v}w(u,v)(x(u)-x(v))^221​∑u,v​w(u,v)(x(u)−x(v))2; a σ\sigmaσ-approximation keeps both inequalities of (2).
  • The probability space is explicit: an outcome is the set TTT of kept edges, with probability ∏e∈Tpe∏e∉T(1−pe)\prod_{e\in T}p_e\prod_{e\notin T}(1-p_e)∏e∈T​pe​∏e∈/T​(1−pe​); probabilities and expectations are finite sums. The goal is a probability bound over this law, not the existence of a good set of edges, which would be a much weaker statement.
  • Eigenvalue conditions are stated with real eigenpairs: "smallest non-zero eigenvalue ≥λ\ge\lambda≥λ" means every eigenvalue μ≠0\mu\ne0μ=0 satisfies μ≥λ\mu\ge\lambdaμ≥λ; "∥M∥≤t\|M\|\le t∥M∥≤t" ("≥t\ge t≥t") for symmetric MMM means every (some) eigenvalue has absolute value ≤t\le t≤t (≥t\ge t≥t).
  • Hypotheses made explicit (the paper leaves them implicit): in Theorem 6.1, kkk is an even integer with k≥log⁡2(3/p)k\ge\log_2(3/p)k≥log2​(3/p), k≥log⁡2∣S∣k\ge\log_2|S|k≥log2​∣S∣ (the proof applies Lemma 6.3 with Sample's kkk, which the paper defines as a real maximum; the printed statement is the case where that maximum is an even integer), every vertex has degree ≥1\ge1≥1, and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0; in Lemma 6.2, 0≤ϵ<λ0\le\epsilon<\lambda0≤ϵ<λ; in Lemma 6.7, 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 (without it the printed bound is false for large ϵ\epsilonϵ); in Lemmas 6.3–6.7 and Claim 6.5, positive degrees; in Lemma 6.3, k>0k>0k>0; in Theorem 6.8, β>0\beta>0β>0, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, pi∈[0,1]p_i\in[0,1]pi​∈[0,1]. GGG is not assumed connected in Theorem 6.1.
  • In Theorem 6.1 the probabilities use the degrees of G(S)G(S)G(S) (the input of Sample\mathtt{Sample}Sample), while λ\lambdaλ refers to GGG; nnn in Sample\mathtt{Sample}Sample is ∣S∣|S|∣S∣.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: a one-sided "approximation", a goal that chooses the kept edges existentially, and a spectral hypothesis with λ≤0\lambda\le0λ≤0 or without positive degrees are all excluded by the statements.
  • Out of scope: running times, the decomposition algorithms of §7–§10, Cheeger's inequality (Theorem 4.1, cited and not used here), the weighted generalization remarked on p. 10, and the use of Theorem 6.1 in Lemma 9.1.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone; a Loewner-order formulation equivalence; a general matrix Chernoff or trace-method library from which Lemma 6.3 follows.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral Sparsification of Graphs, arXiv:0808.4134v3, 2010; SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t minimum cuts in Õ(n²) time, STOC 1996. https://doi.org/10.1145/237814.237827
  • D. Achlioptas, F. McSherry, Fast computation of low rank matrix approximations, STOC 2001. https://doi.org/10.1145/380752.380858
  • Z. Füredi, J. Komlós, The eigenvalues of random symmetric matrices, Combinatorica 1(3), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02579329
  • V. H. Vu, Spectral norm of random matrices, Combinatorica 27(6), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00493-007-2190-z
  • P. Raghavan, Probabilistic construction of deterministic algorithms: approximating packing integer programs, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 37(2), 1988. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0000(88)90003-7
  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph sparsification by effective resistances, STOC 2008; arXiv:0803.0929. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929
13 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems 2: Coloring Reduction Gap: Makespan 2L·lb if G Is L-Colorable, Independent Set of Size n/(8L) if Half the Jobs Finish by L·lbResearch Paper

Motivation

In the job shop problem, jobs are sequences of operations, each to be processed on a given machine for a given time, and the goal is a schedule of minimum makespan (the time at which the last job finishes). Two numbers bound the optimum from below: the longest job and the most loaded machine. Their maximum is written lb\mathrm{lb}lb. The best approximation algorithms for job shops have a performance guarantee polylogarithmic in lb\mathrm{lb}lb (Shmoys, Stein and Wein 1994; Goldberg, Paterson, Srinivasan and Sweedyk 2001). Whether flow shops and job shops admit a constant-factor approximation was Open Problem 7 of Schuurman and Woeginger (1999).

Mastrolilli and Svensson (J. ACM 58(5), 2011) answered it negatively for the generalized flow shop. Their Theorem 1.2 states that for all sufficiently large constants KKK it is NP-hard to distinguish generalized flow shop instances with a schedule of makespan 2K⋅lb2K\cdot\mathrm{lb}2K⋅lb from instances in which no schedule finishes more than half of the jobs within 18K(1/25)log⁡K⋅lb\tfrac18 K^{(1/25)\log K}\cdot\mathrm{lb}81​K(1/25)logK⋅lb. The proof is a gap-preserving reduction Γ\GammaΓ from graph colouring. This mission formalizes the combinatorial heart of that reduction.

Timeline. Shmoys, Stein and Wein (1994) gave an O((log⁡lb)2/log⁡log⁡lb)O((\log\mathrm{lb})^2/\log\log\mathrm{lb})O((loglb)2/logloglb)-approximation for job shops, improved by a log⁡log⁡lb\log\log\mathrm{lb}logloglb factor by Goldberg et al. (2001). Williamson et al. (1997) proved that approximating flow shops with unit operations within a ratio better than 5/45/45/4 is NP-hard. Feige and Scheideler (2002) gave acyclic job shop instances with optimum Ω(lblog⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lbloglb/logloglb) and asked whether flow shops admit a much better upper bound than O(lblog⁡lblog⁡log⁡lb)O(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}\log\log\mathrm{lb})O(lbloglblogloglb). Khot (2001) proved the colouring hardness this reduction starts from. Mastrolilli and Svensson (FOCS 2008; J. ACM 2011) proved Theorem 1.2 and its job shop variants.

Setting

A generalized flow shop (flow shop with jumps) is a job shop with a fixed linear order on the machines in which every job visits its machines in increasing order but may skip machines. Operations may have length 000. A zero-length operation still occupies its machine for an instant, so it cannot be processed strictly inside another operation on the same machine.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph with nnn vertices whose vertices are partitioned into ddd independent sets I1,…,IdI_1,\dots,I_dI1​,…,Id​. Vertex v∈Ifv\in I_fv∈If​ has frequency f(v)=ff(v)=ff(v)=f. For an integer rrr write lb=r2d\mathrm{lb}=r^{2d}lb=r2d. The instance S(r,d)S(r,d)S(r,d) has r2dr^{2d}r2d groups M1,…,Mr2dM_1,\dots,M_{r^{2d}}M1​,…,Mr2d​ of machines, each with one machine mg,vm_{g,v}mg,v​ per vertex. The machines are ordered by group first and, within a group, by decreasing frequency. A vertex vvv of frequency fff owns r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) groups of r2fr^{2f}r2f identical jobs. The job jg,ivj^v_{g,i}jg,iv​ has a long-operation of length r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) on each of the r2fr^{2f}r2f machines ma+1,v,…,ma+r2f,vm_{a+1,v},\dots,m_{a+r^{2f},v}ma+1,v​,…,ma+r2f,v​, where a=(g−1)r2fa=(g-1)r^{2f}a=(g−1)r2f. It also has a short-operation of length 000 on every machine of every neighbour of vvv, in every group. A long-operation is good if the next long-operation of the same job starts at most r24r2(d−f)\tfrac{r^2}{4}r^{2(d-f)}4r2​r2(d−f) time units after it ends. Tg,vT_{g,v}Tg,v​ is the set of first halves of the good long-operations on mg,vm_{g,v}mg,v​, and L(Tg,v)L(T_{g,v})L(Tg,v​) is the time they cover.

χ(G)\chi(G)χ(G) is the chromatic number of GGG and α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) the size of its largest independent set.

Formalization targets

Goal: the gap of Γ\GammaΓ

For every graph GGG with a proper colouring into ddd classes and every integer r≥8r\ge 8r≥8, with S=S(r,d)S=S(r,d)S=S(r,d):

(a)S is a generalized flow shop, every job has length r2d and every machine load r2d;\text{(a)}\quad S \text{ is a generalized flow shop, every job has length } r^{2d} \text{ and every machine load } r^{2d};(a)S is a generalized flow shop, every job has length r2d and every machine load r2d; (b)G is K-colourable ⟹ Cmax⁡∗(S)≤2K⋅r2d;\text{(b)}\quad G \text{ is } K\text{-colourable} \ \Longrightarrow\ C^*_{\max}(S)\le 2K\cdot r^{2d};(b)G is K-colourable ⟹ Cmax∗​(S)≤2K⋅r2d; (c)0<L≤r,  α(G)<n8L ⟹ in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by L⋅r2d.\text{(c)}\quad 0<L\le r,\ \ \alpha(G) < \tfrac{n}{8L} \ \Longrightarrow\ \text{in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by } L\cdot r^{2d}.(c)0<L≤r,  α(G)<8Ln​ ⟹ in every feasible schedule fewer than half of the jobs finish by L⋅r2d.

Milestones

Remark 3.6 (lengths, loads, operation count), Claim 3.8 (an independent set's jobs fit in 2⋅lb2\cdot\mathrm{lb}2⋅lb), Lemma 3.7 (completeness), Lemma 3.10 (most long-operations are good), Lemma 3.11 (adjacent vertices have disjoint TTT-intervals), Lemma 3.12 (one group carries lb⋅n/8\mathrm{lb}\cdot n/8lb⋅n/8 of first-half time), and Lemma 3.9 (soundness: an independent set of size n/(8L)n/(8L)n/(8L)).

Significance

The result. Together with Khot's colouring hardness, the gap shows that no polynomial-time algorithm approximates the generalized flow shop within any constant factor unless P = NP, and rules out an O((log⁡lb)1−ϵ)O((\log\mathrm{lb})^{1-\epsilon})O((loglb)1−ϵ)-approximation under a stronger complexity assumption (Theorem 1.3). It also shows that on the no-instances of the reduction every schedule has makespan greater than L⋅lbL\cdot\mathrm{lb}L⋅lb, far above the trivial lower bound lb\mathrm{lb}lb. Because soundness bounds the number of jobs finished early, the same reduction also gives hardness for the sum of completion times (footnote 2).

Formalizing it. The paper proves every statement of this mission; none is open. As far as the catalog shows, none has a machine-checked proof. The soundness argument rests on a timing property of zero-length operations: a job of higher frequency must wait for a long-operation of an adjacent lower-frequency job. Such properties are easy to state loosely and easy to get wrong, so a verified proof would be useful. A formal proof would also make explicit the thresholds the paper leaves as "sufficiently large rrr".

Difficulty

Completeness is constructive and routine once the job and machine indexing is under control. The difficulty is soundness. One might argue directly that jobs of adjacent vertices never overlap in time, but that is false: a schedule may run them in parallel at the cost of delays. The argument controls it only on average. It throws away the jobs that finish late and the long-operations followed by a long delay. It shows that the first halves of the remaining long-operations of adjacent vertices are disjoint in each machine group. Then it finds a moment covered by many such first halves. Each step needs a precise count: of good operations per job, of covered time per group, and of overlap multiplicity at a point. The degenerate conventions (empty colour classes, n=0n=0n=0, the last long-operation of a job) have to be handled throughout.

Formalization scope

The instance is the published JobShopLTAS.Core.Instance (machines and jobs Fin (r^{2d} n), real nonnegative processing times, disjunctive machine constraint under which a zero-length operation cannot sit strictly inside another operation on its machine), with its IsFeasibleSchedule and makespan. The graph has vertex set Fin n and the partition into independent sets is a Mathlib proper colouring G.Coloring (Fin d). Frequencies f(v)=c(v)+1f(v)=c(v)+1f(v)=c(v)+1 are 1-based, as are group indices. Within a group the paper leaves machines of equal frequency unordered; they are ordered by vertex index. Every job's operation list is its machine set sorted by the global order. L(Tg,v)L(T_{g,v})L(Tg,v​) is the Lebesgue measure of the union of the intervals.

Explicit readings of the paper's wording:

  • "sufficiently large rrr" is r≥8r\ge 8r≥8 (from (1−4/r)≥1/2(1-4/r)\ge 1/2(1−4/r)≥1/2 in the proof of Lemma 3.12 via Lemma 2.4); Lemma 3.11 needs only r≥2r\ge 2r≥2, Lemma 3.10 r≥1r\ge 1r≥1;
  • "χ(G)=L\chi(G)=Lχ(G)=L" in Lemma 3.7 is LLL-colourability, and "makespan lb⋅2L\mathrm{lb}\cdot 2Llb⋅2L" is makespan at most 2L r2d2L\,r^{2d}2Lr2d;
  • "at least half the jobs finish within lb⋅L\mathrm{lb}\cdot Llb⋅L" is 2⋅#{j:Cj≤L r2d}≥r2dn2\cdot\#\{j: C_j\le L\,r^{2d}\}\ge r^{2d}n2⋅#{j:Cj​≤Lr2d}≥r2dn, with CjC_jCj​ the end of the last operation of jjj, and LLL is real with 0<L≤r0<L\le r0<L≤r;
  • the operation count is Remark 3.6's (Δ+1)r2d(\Delta+1)r^{2d}(Δ+1)r2d for a degree bound Δ\DeltaΔ, not the section introduction's d r2dd\,r^{2d}dr2d;
  • the goal's soundness is the contrapositive of Lemma 3.9; Lemma 3.9 itself is stated positively.

Not formalized: "NP-hard", "for all sufficiently large KKK", "in time polynomial in nnn and rdr^drd", Khot's Theorem 1.7, the choice d=Δ+1d=\Delta+1d=Δ+1, r=K(1/25)log⁡Kr=K^{(1/25)\log K}r=K(1/25)logK, and the randomized Lemma 3.1 behind Theorem 1.3.

A model in which zero-length operations occupy no machine time would make soundness false, and stating soundness only for schedules of an independent set's jobs would make it vacuous. The goal is about every feasible schedule of S(r,d)S(r,d)S(r,d), built from (G,c,r)(G,c,r)(G,c,r), in the published model, where zero-length operations do conflict.

A complete development needs counting lemmas for the indexing of jobs and machines, sorting facts for the operation lists, and a measure-theoretic averaging argument (a point covered by many intervals). The averaging argument and the good-operation counting are shared with the flow shop gap of Theorem 1.1 and reusable there. Proofs of any milestone, and sorry-free sanity checks on small instances, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Mastrolilli, O. Svensson, Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems, J. ACM 58(5), Article 20, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/2027216.2027218
  • S. Khot, Improved inapproximability results for MaxClique, chromatic number and approximate graph coloring, FOCS 2001, 600–609. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2001.959936
  • D. B. Shmoys, C. Stein, J. Wein, Improved approximation algorithms for shop scheduling problems, SIAM J. Comput. 23, 617–632, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/S009753979222676X
  • L. A. Goldberg, M. Paterson, A. Srinivasan, E. Sweedyk, Better approximation guarantees for job-shop scheduling, SIAM J. Discrete Math. 14(1), 67–92, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0895480199326104
  • P. Schuurman, G. J. Woeginger, Polynomial time approximation algorithms for machine scheduling: ten open problems, J. Scheduling 2(5), 203–213, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-1425(199909/10)2:5%3C203::AID-JOS26%3E3.0.CO;2-5
  • U. Feige, C. Scheideler, Improved bounds for acyclic job shop scheduling, Combinatorica 22(3), 361–399, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004930200018
  • D. P. Williamson et al., Short shop schedules, Operations Research 45(2), 288–294, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.2.288
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

AdWords and Generalized On-line Matching I: The Tradeoff Algorithm with ψ_k(i) = Σ_{j≥i} y*_j Is (1 − 1/e)-Competitive as k → ∞ When Bids Are SmallResearch Paper

Motivation

Search engines sell advertising space query by query. Each advertiser states a bid for each keyword and a daily budget; queries arrive one at a time, and each must be assigned to an advertiser immediately, without knowledge of the queries still to come. The revenue-maximizing assignment of the day can only be computed offline. The adwords problem asks how close an online rule can get to it. It generalizes online bipartite matching, for which Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani (KVV 1990) showed that randomized ranking attains ratio 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e, and bbb-matching, for which Kalyanasundaram and Pruhs (KP 2000) showed that the deterministic BALANCE algorithm attains 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e as the budget grows.

Mehta, Saberi, Vazirani and Vazirani (J. ACM 2007) gave a deterministic algorithm for arbitrary bids that weighs each bid by a function of the fraction of budget already spent, and proved that it is (1−1/e)(1-1/e)(1−1/e)-competitive when bids are small compared to budgets. The algorithm and its tradeoff function became the reference point for the online budgeted-allocation literature, including the primal-dual analysis of Buchbinder, Jain and Naor (ESA 2007).

Setting

There are NNN bidders, each with budget 111, and a sequence of MMM queries q1,…,qMq_1,\dots,q_Mq1​,…,qM​. Bidder bbb bids cb,t≥0c_{b,t}\ge0cb,t​≥0 for the query at position ttt. An allocation σ\sigmaσ assigns each query to at most one bidder. Bidder bbb's spend before position ttt is min⁡(1,∑s<t, σ(s)=bcb,s)\min(1,\sum_{s<t,\,\sigma(s)=b}c_{b,s})min(1,∑s<t,σ(s)=b​cb,s​), and bbb is alive while its spend is below 111. The revenue of σ\sigmaσ is rev(σ)=∑bmin⁡(1,∑t:σ(t)=bcb,t)\mathrm{rev}(\sigma)=\sum_b\min(1,\sum_{t:\sigma(t)=b}c_{b,t})rev(σ)=∑b​min(1,∑t:σ(t)=b​cb,t​).

Fix an integer kkk and split each budget into kkk equal slabs; a spent fraction s∈((j−1)/k,j/k]s\in((j-1)/k,j/k]s∈((j−1)/k,j/k] lies in slab jjj, and s=0s=0s=0 in slab 111. Given a tradeoff function ψ\psiψ on slabs, the discrete tradeoff algorithm assigns each arriving query to an alive bidder maximizing

cb,t ψ(slab(b)),c_{b,t}\,\psi(\mathrm{slab}(b)),cb,t​ψ(slab(b)),

ties broken arbitrarily. Every allocation produced this way, for any tie-breaking, is a run.

The analysis uses the factor-revealing LP LLL: maximize ∑i=1k−1k−ikxi\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\frac{k-i}{k}x_i∑i=1k−1​kk−i​xi​ subject to ∑j=1i(1+i−jk)xj≤ikN\sum_{j=1}^{i}(1+\frac{i-j}{k})x_j\le\frac ikN∑j=1i​(1+ki−j​)xj​≤ki​N and x≥0x\ge0x≥0, written max⁡c⋅x\max c\cdot xmaxc⋅x, Ax≤bAx\le bAx≤b, x≥0x\ge0x≥0, and its dual DDD. Its optimal dual solution is yi∗=1k(1−1k)k−i−1y^*_i=\frac1k(1-\frac1k)^{k-i-1}yi∗​=k1​(1−k1​)k−i−1, and Theorem 8's tradeoff function is

ψk(i)=∑j=ik−1yj∗.\psi_k(i)=\sum_{j=i}^{k-1}y^*_j .ψk​(i)=j=i∑k−1​yj∗​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 12)

For every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is k0k_0k0​ such that for every k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​ there is η>0\eta>0η>0 such that, for every instance with bids in [0,η][0,\eta][0,η], every run σ\sigmaσ of the algorithm with ψk\psi_kψk​, and every allocation τ\tauτ,

rev(σ) ≥ (1−1e−δ)rev(τ).\mathrm{rev}(\sigma)\ \ge\ \Bigl(1-\frac1e-\delta\Bigr)\mathrm{rev}(\tau).rev(σ) ≥ (1−e1​−δ)rev(τ).

The goal fixes no rate in kkk or η\etaη: it asserts only that the ratio tends to 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e.

Milestones

  1. Proof of Lemma 3 (pp. 8–9): xi∗=Nk(1−1k)i−1x^*_i=\frac Nk(1-\frac1k)^{i-1}xi∗​=kN​(1−k1​)i−1 and y∗y^*y∗ are optimal for LLL and DDD, with value N(1−1/k)kN(1-1/k)^kN(1−1/k)k.
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 8): the value of LLL and DDD tends to N/eN/eN/e.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 10): for every nonnegative aaa and l=Aal=Aal=Aa, y∗y^*y∗ minimizes l⋅yl\cdot yl⋅y over the constraints of DDD.
  4. Lemma 5 (p. 10): l=b+Δl=b+\Deltal=b+Δ under the relation βi=N/k−(α1+⋯+αi−1)/k\beta_i=N/k-(\alpha_1+\dots+\alpha_{i-1})/kβi​=N/k−(α1​+⋯+αi−1​)/k.
  5. Lemma 6 (p. 11): OPT(q)ψ(type(q))≤ALG(q)ψ(slab(q))\mathrm{OPT}(q)\psi(\mathrm{type}(q))\le\mathrm{ALG}(q)\psi(\mathrm{slab}(q))OPT(q)ψ(type(q))≤ALG(q)ψ(slab(q)) when 1≤type(q)≤k−11\le\mathrm{type}(q)\le k-11≤type(q)≤k−1.
  6. Lemma 7 (p. 11): ∑i=1k−1ψ(i)(αi−βi)≤N/k\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\psi(i)(\alpha_i-\beta_i)\le N/k∑i=1k−1​ψ(i)(αi​−βi​)≤N/k, for a monotonically decreasing nonnegative ψ\psiψ with ψ(k)=0\psi(k)=0ψ(k)=0 (such as ψk\psi_kψk​).

Significance

Theorem 8 gives an online algorithm for budgeted allocation with arbitrary bids whose revenue is within a factor 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e of the offline optimum, the best possible ratio even for randomized algorithms (Theorem 9 of the same paper, the second mission of this series). It reduces to BALANCE when all bids are equal, and its tradeoff function 1−ex−11-e^{x-1}1−ex−1 in the limit is the function used in later work on online budgeted allocation and display-ad allocation.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is formalized. The work here is to formalize the proof in a version that holds for actual runs. The paper's argument makes two simplifications with "negligible error": bidders of type jjj spend exactly j/kj/kj/k of their budget, and the offline optimum exhausts every budget. A formal proof must carry the bid size through the slab boundaries and compare with an arbitrary offline allocation. The LP lemmas (Lemmas 3–5) are self-contained statements about one triangular linear program and are reusable for factor-revealing analyses of BALANCE.

Difficulty

The milestones are short: Lemmas 3–5 are finite linear algebra with geometric sums, Lemma 6 is one application of the assignment rule plus monotonicity of spend, and Lemma 7 regroups finite sums. The difficulty is in Theorem 8. The paper's proof chains Lemmas 4, 5 and 7 through the LP L(π,ψ)L(\pi,\psi)L(π,ψ), whose right-hand side is computed from the numbers αj\alpha_jαj​ of bidders of each type under the assumption that a bidder of type jjj spends exactly j/kj/kj/k. In an actual run this identity fails: a single bid can straddle a slab boundary, and types are intervals, not points. So the chain does not compose literally, and the natural first attempt, instantiating Lemma 5 with the run's quantities, does not apply. The slab-wise inequalities that do hold, with an error of order kηk\etakη, have to replace the equalities, and the comparison with an offline allocation that does not exhaust budgets has to be made through capped revenues.

Formalization scope

Bidders are Fin N and query positions Fin M, zero-based; slabs and LP coordinates keep the paper's 1-based ranges, with vectors as functions N→R\mathbb N\to\mathbb RN→R read on 1≤i≤k−11\le i\le k-11≤i≤k−1. Budgets are 111 (the paper's standing simplification of §2). Bids are real and nonnegative.

A run is a predicate on the whole allocation: at position ttt, if some bidder is alive the query goes to an alive maximizer of bid × ψ(slab)\times\,\psi(\text{slab})×ψ(slab), where spends are computed from earlier positions only; the query is unassigned only when all budgets are exhausted. Every tie-breaking rule gives a run, and the goal holds for all of them. ALG(q)\mathrm{ALG}(q)ALG(q) is the full bid of the chosen bidder; revenue is capped at the budget.

Conventions the statements commit to:

  • ψk\psi_kψk​ is the defining sum of Theorem 8. The closed form printed beside it, 1−(1−1/k)k−i+11-(1-1/k)^{k-i+1}1−(1−1/k)k−i+1, is off by one in the exponent; the sum equals 1−(1−1/k)k−i1-(1-1/k)^{k-i}1−(1−1/k)k−i and vanishes at slab kkk.
  • "As k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞" is ∀δ ∃k0 ∀k≥k0\forall\delta\,\exists k_0\,\forall k\ge k_0∀δ∃k0​∀k≥k0​; "bids small compared to budgets" is a bound η\etaη chosen after kkk, never depending on the instance.
  • The comparator is every allocation τ\tauτ, not an optimum that exhausts all budgets; the paper says the proof extends without that assumption (§4, §6 item 2). Only the lower bound on the ratio is stated.
  • Lemma 4 quantifies over every nonnegative vector aaa, through which alone the instance and ψ\psiψ enter D(π,ψ)D(\pi,\psi)D(π,ψ). Lemma 5 takes the paper's relation for βi\beta_iβi​ as a hypothesis. Lemma 7 defines αi,βi\alpha_i,\beta_iαi​,βi​ as the query sums of its proof, and adds ψ(k)=0\psi(k)=0ψ(k)=0 in place of the paper's bound on the slab-kkk term, which rests on its exact-spend simplification.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: a run cannot leave a query unassigned while a bidder has budget, so the empty allocation is not a run; no hypothesis of the form "bidders of type jjj spend exactly j/kj/kj/k" or "the optimum exhausts every budget" is imposed, since either would make the goal vacuous on most instances.

All definitions are local to the namespace AdWordsMSVV.Tradeoff. Related platform items analyse a different algorithm: BJNAdAuctions.Basic.* and OnlinePrimalDual.AdAuctions.* formalize the Buchbinder–Jain–Naor primal-dual algorithm, which updates a covering variable multiplicatively and has ratio (1−1/c)(1−Rmax⁡)(1-1/c)(1-R_{\max})(1−1/c)(1−Rmax​); they are not reused. Proofs of any milestone, and lemmas carrying the bid-size error through slab boundaries, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Mehta, A. Saberi, U. Vazirani, V. Vazirani, AdWords and generalized on-line matching, J. ACM 54(5), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1284320.1284321
  • B. Kalyanasundaram, K. Pruhs, An optimal deterministic algorithm for online b-matching, Theoretical Computer Science 233, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3975(99)00140-1
  • R. M. Karp, U. V. Vazirani, V. V. Vazirani, An optimal algorithm for on-line bipartite matching, STOC 1990. https://doi.org/10.1145/100216.100262
  • N. Buchbinder, K. Jain, J. Naor, Online primal-dual algorithms for maximizing ad-auctions revenue, ESA 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-75520-3_24
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge 1: The Circuit-SAT Proof from a Homomorphic Proof Commitment Is Perfectly Complete, Perfectly Sound and a Perfect Proof of Knowledge on Binding KeysResearch Paper

Motivation

A non-interactive zero-knowledge (NIZK) proof lets a prover convince a verifier that a statement is true by sending a single message, computed from a common reference string σ\sigmaσ that both parties share, without revealing why the statement is true. NIZK proofs were introduced by Blum, Feldman and Micali (STOC 1988). They are a basic component of chosen-ciphertext secure encryption, signature schemes and secure multi-party computation.

Groth, Ostrovsky and Sahai (J. ACM 59(3), 2012; conference versions at EUROCRYPT 2006 and CRYPTO 2006) built NIZK proofs for all of NP from bilinear groups. The construction rests on one abstraction, the homomorphic proof commitment, and one protocol, the NIZK proof for Circuit SAT of their Figure 3. Theorem 6 says that the Figure 3 protocol works for every homomorphic proof commitment. This mission formalizes the part of Theorem 6 that holds exactly, with no computational assumption.

Setting

A homomorphic proof commitment scheme (Section 3) has a message space M\mathcal MM, a finite cyclic group (M,+,0)(\mathcal M,+,0)(M,+,0) with generator 111. It also has a randomizer space (R,+,0)(\mathcal R,+,0)(R,+,0) and a commitment space (C,⋅,1)(\mathcal C,\cdot,1)(C,⋅,1), both finite abelian groups. It comes with algorithms (Kbinding,Khiding,com,Topen,P01,V01)(K_{\mathrm{binding}},K_{\mathrm{hiding}},\mathrm{com},\mathrm{Topen},P_{01},V_{01})(Kbinding​,Khiding​,com,Topen,P01​,V01​):

  • KbindingK_{\mathrm{binding}}Kbinding​ outputs a commitment key ckckck and an extraction key xkxkxk; KhidingK_{\mathrm{hiding}}Khiding​ outputs ckckck and a trapdoor key tktktk;
  • com(m;r)∈C\mathrm{com}(m;r)\in\mathcal Ccom(m;r)∈C commits to m∈Mm\in\mathcal Mm∈M with randomizer r∈Rr\in\mathcal Rr∈R;
  • P01(ck,m,r;ρ)P_{01}(ck,m,r;\rho)P01​(ck,m,r;ρ) proves that a commitment contains 000 or 111, and V01(ck,c,π)V_{01}(ck,c,\pi)V01​(ck,c,π) checks such a proof;
  • Extxk\mathrm{Ext}_{xk}Extxk​ recovers a committed bit when the scheme has perfect extractability.

The exact properties used here are the following. The homomorphic property is com(m1+m2;r1+r2)=com(m1;r1) com(m2;r2)\mathrm{com}(m_1+m_2;r_1+r_2)=\mathrm{com}(m_1;r_1)\,\mathrm{com}(m_2;r_2)com(m1​+m2​;r1​+r2​)=com(m1​;r1​)com(m2​;r2​) on keys of either mode. Perfect binding says that on binding keys no commitment has openings to two different messages. Perfect completeness of the 0/1 proof says that honest proofs for (m,r)∈{0,1}×R(m,r)\in\{0,1\}\times\mathcal R(m,r)∈{0,1}×R are always accepted, on keys of either mode. Perfect soundness of the 0/1 proof says that on binding keys an accepted proof implies c=com(m;r)c=\mathrm{com}(m;r)c=com(m;r) for some (m,r)∈{0,1}×R(m,r)\in\{0,1\}\times\mathcal R(m,r)∈{0,1}×R. Perfect extractability says that on binding keys Extxk(com(m;r))=m\mathrm{Ext}_{xk}(\mathrm{com}(m;r))=mExtxk​(com(m;r))=m for m∈{0,1}m\in\{0,1\}m∈{0,1}.

A NAND circuit CCC on wires 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n is a list of gates (i,j,k)(i,j,k)(i,j,k), with inputs i,ji,ji,j and output kkk, and an output wire out\mathrm{out}out. An assignment www satisfies it, C(w)=1C(w)=1C(w)=1, when wk=¬(wi∧wj)w_k=\neg(w_i\wedge w_j)wk​=¬(wi​∧wj​) for every gate and wout=1w_{\mathrm{out}}=1wout​=1.

The protocol of Figure 3 takes σ=ck\sigma=ckσ=ck with (ck,xk)←Kbinding(ck,xk)\leftarrow K_{\mathrm{binding}}(ck,xk)←Kbinding​. The prover commits to every wire, ci=com(wi;ri)c_i=\mathrm{com}(w_i;r_i)ci​=com(wi​;ri​), with cout=com(1;0)c_{\mathrm{out}}=\mathrm{com}(1;0)cout​=com(1;0). It proves with P01P_{01}P01​ that each cic_ici​ contains 000 or 111. For each gate (i,j,k)(i,j,k)(i,j,k) it proves that cicjck2 com(−2;0)c_ic_jc_k^2\,\mathrm{com}(-2;0)ci​cj​ck2​com(−2;0) contains 000 or 111, using message wi+wj+2wk−2w_i+w_j+2w_k-2wi​+wj​+2wk​−2 and randomizer ri+rj+2rkr_i+r_j+2r_kri​+rj​+2rk​. The verifier checks cout=com(1;0)c_{\mathrm{out}}=\mathrm{com}(1;0)cout​=com(1;0) and every 0/1 proof.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6, exact part

If ∣M∣≥4|\mathcal M|\ge 4∣M∣≥4 and the scheme has the homomorphic property, perfect binding, and perfectly complete and perfectly sound 0/1 proofs, then

perfect completeness ∧ perfect soundness ∧ (perfect extractability⇒perfect knowledge extraction).\text{perfect completeness}\ \wedge\ \text{perfect soundness}\ \wedge\ \big(\text{perfect extractability}\Rightarrow\text{perfect knowledge extraction}\big).perfect completeness ∧ perfect soundness ∧ (perfect extractability⇒perfect knowledge extraction).

The theorem holds for every scheme with these properties, with no assumption on how the scheme is built.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5. For bits b0,b1,b2b_0,b_1,b_2b0​,b1​,b2​ in a cyclic group of order at least 444, b2=¬(b0∧b1)b_2=\neg(b_0\wedge b_1)b2​=¬(b0​∧b1​) iff b0+b1+2b2−2∈{0,1}b_0+b_1+2b_2-2\in\{0,1\}b0​+b1​+2b2​−2∈{0,1}. Order 333 needs the extra condition b0+b1+b2−1∈{0,1}b_0+b_1+b_2-1\in\{0,1\}b0​+b1​+b2​−1∈{0,1}.
  • The gate commitment. c0c1c22 com(−2;0)c_0c_1c_2^2\,\mathrm{com}(-2;0)c0​c1​c22​com(−2;0) commits to b0+b1+2b2−2b_0+b_1+2b_2-2b0​+b1​+2b2​−2, and on a binding key an accepted 0/1 proof for it forces b2=¬(b0∧b1)b_2=\neg(b_0\wedge b_1)b2​=¬(b0​∧b1​).
  • Perfect completeness (proof of Theorem 6), on keys of either mode.
  • Lemma 7. Perfect soundness on binding keys.
  • Knowledge extraction (proof of Theorem 6). The wires wi=[Extxk(ci)=1]w_i=[\mathrm{Ext}_{xk}(c_i)=1]wi​=[Extxk​(ci​)=1] of an accepted proof satisfy CCC.

Significance

Theorem 6 is the step from a commitment primitive to NIZK proofs for an NP-complete language. With the subgroup-decision commitment of Section 4 or the decisional-linear commitment of Section 5 it gives Corollaries 9 and 10: perfectly sound NIZK proofs for Circuit SAT with proofs of size O(∣C∣k)O(|C|k)O(∣C∣k). When the common reference string is instead a hiding key, the same protocol becomes the perfect NIZK argument of Theorem 11. Its completeness clause is the hiding-key half of the completeness formalized here.

The result is proved in the paper. Lemma 5 and the soundness of the circuit protocol are left to the reader there or proved in three sentences. No machine-checked proof of this theorem, or of any commitment-based NIZK, was found in Mathlib or in the public Lean libraries searched. This mission states its exact content against an abstract scheme interface. The same interface can then be instantiated by machine-checked versions of the concrete commitments, which are the third and fourth missions of this series.

Difficulty

The argument is short, so the difficulty lies in the bookkeeping. On a binding key the verifier only learns that each commitment opens to some bit. Perfect binding is what identifies the message a gate proof certifies with bi+bj+2bk−2b_i+b_j+2b_k-2bi​+bj​+2bk​−2, which in turn identifies it with the wire bits. Lemma 5 must then be checked in Z/NZ\mathbb Z/N\mathbb ZZ/NZ rather than in the integers, where −2-2−2, −1-1−1 and 222 must be shown to differ from 000 and 111. This is exactly where N≥4N\ge4N≥4 enters: for N=3N=3N=3 the all-zero assignment passes every gate check, since −2=1-2=1−2=1. The output wire is handled by the literal check cout=com(1;0)c_{\mathrm{out}}=\mathrm{com}(1;0)cout​=com(1;0) together with binding. Completeness needs the prover's convention rout=0r_{\mathrm{out}}=0rout​=0 to be used consistently in the gate proofs.

Formalization scope

  • The message space is ZMod N. A finite cyclic group with a chosen generator 111 is this group, and every theorem that needs it assumes 4 ≤ N, the paper's restriction on p. 14.
  • The randomizer and commitment spaces are a finite AddCommGroup and a finite CommGroup. Key generators are PMFs. P01P_{01}P01​ takes its randomness as an argument.
  • Each perfect property of Section 3 is its own Prop, quantified over the support of the relevant generator. The paper's "for all adversaries, Pr⁡[… ]=1\Pr[\dots]=1Pr[…]=1" (or =0=0=0) is equivalent for unbounded adversaries.
  • Soundness of the 0/1 proof is assumed on binding keys only. Assuming it on hiding keys as well would be inconsistent with a real scheme and is not done.
  • Circuits are lists of NAND gates on Fin n with an output wire. No acyclicity is required, so the statements cover every system of NAND constraints.
  • The extractor is fixed to the paper's E1=KbindingE_1=K_{\mathrm{binding}}E1​=Kbinding​ and E2E_2E2​, which reads each wire as [Extxk(ci)=1][\mathrm{Ext}_{xk}(c_i)=1][Extxk​(ci​)=1]. An existentially quantified, computationally unbounded extractor would turn knowledge extraction into a restatement of soundness, and that trivializing reading is excluded.

Dropped, because they are computational:

  • computational zero-knowledge and computational non-erasure zero-knowledge (Theorem 6);
  • key indistinguishability;
  • the size bounds of Corollaries 9 and 10.

Perfect zero-knowledge on hiding keys (Lemma 8) is the second mission of this series. The definitions of this mission (the scheme interface, NAND circuits, the protocol) are reusable by any formalization of commitment-based proof systems. Proofs of the milestones are welcome in any order.

Selected references

  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, New Techniques for Noninteractive Zero-Knowledge, Journal of the ACM 59(3), Article 11, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1145/2220357.2220358
  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, Perfect Non-interactive Zero Knowledge for NP, EUROCRYPT 2006, LNCS 4004, pp. 339–358. https://doi.org/10.1007/11761679_21
  • J. Groth, R. Ostrovsky, A. Sahai, Non-interactive Zaps and New Techniques for NIZK, CRYPTO 2006, LNCS 4117, pp. 97–111. https://doi.org/10.1007/11818175_6
  • M. Blum, P. Feldman, S. Micali, Non-interactive zero-knowledge and its applications, STOC 1988, pp. 103–112. https://doi.org/10.1145/62212.62222
  • D. Boneh, E.-J. Goh, K. Nissim, Evaluating 2-DNF Formulas on Ciphertexts, TCC 2005, LNCS 3378, pp. 325–341. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30576-7_18
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

AdWords and Generalized On-line Matching II: No Randomized Online Algorithm for b-Matching Has Competitive Ratio Better Than 1 − 1/e, for Every Budget bResearch Paper

Motivation

Search engines sell advertising slots query by query. Each advertiser states a bid per keyword and a daily budget; queries arrive one at a time, and the engine must assign each to an advertiser immediately, without knowing which queries will come later. Mehta, Saberi, Vazirani and Vazirani (J. ACM 2007) called this the adwords problem and gave a deterministic online algorithm whose competitive ratio, the worst-case ratio of its revenue to the best offline revenue, tends to 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e when bids are small compared to budgets. Section 7 of the same paper shows that this ratio cannot be beaten, even by randomized algorithms and even under the small-bids assumption. That lower bound is the subject of this mission.

Timeline of the special cases:

  • 1990. Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani (STOC 1990) proved that no randomized online algorithm for online bipartite matching (unit bids, unit budgets) has competitive ratio better than 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e, and that their algorithm RANKING attains it.
  • 2000. Kalyanasundaram and Pruhs (Theoret. Comput. Sci. 2000) studied online b-matching: budgets of bbb units and 0/10/10/1 bids. Their deterministic algorithm BALANCE has competitive ratio tending to 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e as b→∞b\to\inftyb→∞, and they proved that no deterministic algorithm does better. Whether randomization helps for large bbb was left open (Kalyanasundaram–Pruhs 1998).
  • 2007. Mehta, Saberi, Vazirani and Vazirani (Theorem 9) closed that question: no randomized online algorithm beats 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e for b-matching, for large bbb.

Setting

An instance of online b-matching has NNN bidders and a sequence of queries t=0,1,…,M−1t = 0,1,\dots,M-1t=0,1,…,M−1. Every bidder has the same integer budget B≥1B\ge1B≥1. Each query ttt comes with the set I(t)I(t)I(t) of bidders that bid 111 on it; the others bid 000.

A deterministic online algorithm aaa processes the queries in order. When query ttt arrives it sees the bid sets I(0),…,I(t)I(0),\dots,I(t)I(0),…,I(t) and nothing later, and it either proposes a bidder or leaves the query unallocated. The proposal succeeds if the bidder bids on the query and has won fewer than BBB queries so far; the bidder then pays 111. The algorithm is not required to be greedy. Its revenue ALGa(I)\mathrm{ALG}_a(I)ALGa​(I) is the number of queries won. A randomized online algorithm AAA is a probability distribution over deterministic online algorithms, fixed before the instance is chosen; its expected revenue is EA[ALG(I)]=∑aA(a) ALGa(I)\mathbb E_A[\mathrm{ALG}(I)]=\sum_a A(a)\,\mathrm{ALG}_a(I)EA​[ALG(I)]=∑a​A(a)ALGa​(I).

An offline allocation τ\tauτ assigns each query to a bidder or to nobody, with full knowledge of III. Its revenue is revB(I,τ)=∑rmin⁡{B, ∣{t:τ(t)=r, r∈I(t)}∣}\mathrm{rev}_B(I,\tau)=\sum_r\min\{B,\ |\{t:\tau(t)=r,\ r\in I(t)\}|\}revB​(I,τ)=∑r​min{B, ∣{t:τ(t)=r, r∈I(t)}∣}: each bidder pays for the queries it bids on, up to its budget.

The permuted round instances of the proof are as follows. For a permutation π\piπ of the bidders, the instance IπI_\piIπ​ consists of NNN rounds Q1,…,QNQ_1,\dots,Q_NQ1​,…,QN​ of BBB queries each, and bidders π(i),π(i+1),…,π(N)\pi(i),\pi(i+1),\dots,\pi(N)π(i),π(i+1),…,π(N) bid on the queries of round QiQ_iQi​. The distribution D\mathcal DD is the uniform distribution over these N!N!N! instances, and Eπ\mathbb E_\piEπ​ denotes the average over it. The paper writes this instance with budget 111, bids ϵ\epsilonϵ and 1/ϵ1/\epsilon1/ϵ queries per round; the Lean development uses the same instance scaled by B=1/ϵB=1/\epsilonB=1/ϵ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9

For every δ>0\delta>0δ>0 there is N0N_0N0​ such that for all N≥N0N\ge N_0N≥N0​, all B≥1B\ge1B≥1 and every randomized online algorithm AAA for NNN bidders and NBNBNB queries, there are an instance III and an allocation τ\tauτ with

revB(I,τ)=NBandEA[ALG(I)]≤(1−1e+δ)NB.\mathrm{rev}_B(I,\tau)=NB\qquad\text{and}\qquad \mathbb E_A[\mathrm{ALG}(I)]\le\Big(1-\frac1e+\delta\Big)NB.revB​(I,τ)=NBandEA​[ALG(I)]≤(1−e1​+δ)NB.

The constant 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e is the paper's. The slack δ\deltaδ is not a weakening of the paper's claim: a competitive ratio better than 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e would mean a ratio 1−1/e+δ′1-1/e+\delta'1−1/e+δ′ for some δ′>0\delta'>0δ′>0 on every instance. The threshold N0N_0N0​ is independent of the budget, which is how "for large bbb" is rendered.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 9, p. 15)

  1. Yao step. If every deterministic algorithm aaa has Eπ[ALGa(Iπ)]≤V\mathbb E_\pi[\mathrm{ALG}_a(I_\pi)]\le VEπ​[ALGa​(Iπ​)]≤V, then every randomized AAA has some π\piπ with EA[ALG(Iπ)]≤V\mathbb E_A[\mathrm{ALG}(I_\pi)]\le VEA​[ALG(Iπ​)]≤V.
  2. The optimum. revB(Iπ,τπ)=NB\mathrm{rev}_B(I_\pi,\tau_\pi)=NBrevB​(Iπ​,τπ​)=NB for the allocation τπ:Qi↦π(i)\tau_\pi:Q_i\mapsto\pi(i)τπ​:Qi​↦π(i), and no allocation earns more.
  3. The display. For a deterministic aaa, with qij(π)q_{ij}(\pi)qij​(π) the fraction of QiQ_iQi​ won by π(j)\pi(j)π(j),
Eπ[qij]≤1N−i+1 (j≥i),Eπ[qij]=0 (j<i).\mathbb E_\pi[q_{ij}]\le\frac1{N-i+1}\ (j\ge i),\qquad \mathbb E_\pi[q_{ij}]=0\ (j<i).Eπ​[qij​]≤N−i+11​ (j≥i),Eπ​[qij​]=0 (j<i).
  1. Per-bidder bound. Eπ[La(π(j))/B]≤min⁡{1,∑i=1j1N−i+1}\mathbb E_\pi\big[L^a(\pi(j))/B\big]\le\min\{1,\sum_{i=1}^{j}\frac1{N-i+1}\}Eπ​[La(π(j))/B]≤min{1,∑i=1j​N−i+11​}, where La(r)L^a(r)La(r) is the number of queries bidder rrr wins.
  2. Summed bound. ∑j=1Nmin⁡{1,∑i=1j1N−i+1}≤(1−1/e+δ)N\sum_{j=1}^{N}\min\{1,\sum_{i=1}^{j}\frac1{N-i+1}\}\le(1-1/e+\delta)N∑j=1N​min{1,∑i=1j​N−i+11​}≤(1−1/e+δ)N for N≥N0(δ)N\ge N_0(\delta)N≥N0​(δ).
  3. Average revenue. Eπ[ALGa(Iπ)]≤(1−1/e+δ)NB\mathbb E_\pi[\mathrm{ALG}_a(I_\pi)]\le(1-1/e+\delta)NBEπ​[ALGa​(Iπ​)]≤(1−1/e+δ)NB for N≥N0(δ)N\ge N_0(\delta)N≥N0​(δ), every B≥1B\ge1B≥1 and every deterministic aaa.

Significance

The result. Theorem 9 shows that the 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e ratio attained by BALANCE for large budgets, and by the paper's tradeoff algorithm for adwords with small bids, is optimal among all online algorithms, randomized or not. Since b-matching is a special case of adwords with small bids, the same bound applies to adwords. It also answers the question of Kalyanasundaram and Pruhs on whether randomization helps for b-matching. With B=1B=1B=1 it contains the bipartite matching lower bound of Karp, Vazirani and Vazirani.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved since 2007; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The b = 1 case is posed on the platform as KVVMatching.UpperBound.theorem_2 (Karp–Vazirani–Vazirani), with columns arriving in reverse index order and an analysis of the algorithm RANDOM; this mission poses the budget-uniform statement in its own model. A formalization yields a reusable model of online algorithms with budgets (histories that hide the future, randomized algorithms as mixtures of deterministic rules) and a formal instance of Yao's principle for online problems.

Difficulty

The bound must hold for every deterministic online algorithm, including ones that are not greedy, waste proposals, or base each decision on the entire revealed history. A tempting argument fixes the algorithm's behaviour per round and treats it as oblivious to earlier rounds; that only covers a subclass. The history of the permuted instance reveals, before round iii, exactly which bidders dropped out in earlier rounds, so the information available to the algorithm grows round by round, and the bound on Eπ[qij]\mathbb E_\pi[q_{ij}]Eπ​[qij​] has to hold conditionally on everything revealed. Budgets interact across rounds: whether a proposal in round iii succeeds depends on wins in earlier rounds. Finally, the printed "at most N(1−1/e)N(1-1/e)N(1−1/e)" is false at every finite NNN: the sum in milestone 5 exceeds N(1−1/e)N(1-1/e)N(1−1/e) by a bounded amount (about 0.3160.3160.316 for large NNN), so the analytic step is genuinely asymptotic.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Bidders are Fin N and query positions Fin M, both zero-based. An instance is Fin M → Finset (Fin N). A history is Fin M → Option (Finset (Fin N)) with unrevealed entries none. A deterministic algorithm is Fin M → History N M → Option (Fin N), a randomized one is a PMF over deterministic algorithms, and expected revenue is a finite sum.
  • Conventions. Budgets are a common integer BBB and bids are 0/10/10/1; the paper's budget-111, bid-ϵ\epsilonϵ instance is the same instance scaled by B=1/ϵB=1/\epsilonB=1/ϵ. A query in position ttt belongs to round ⌊t/B⌋+1\lfloor t/B\rfloor+1⌊t/B⌋+1. Rounds iii and positions jjj in milestones 3–4 are 1-based, as in the paper. "Bidder jjj" in the proof means the bidder π(j)\pi(j)π(j) in position jjj of the permutation. The j<ij<ij<i case of the display is an equality. The comparator in the goal is an explicit allocation of revenue NBNBNB, which is the maximum possible.
  • Ruled out. The algorithm sees only the revealed history, never III or π\piπ, and the randomized algorithm is chosen before the instance. An algorithm that could see the instance would trivially earn NBNBNB, and choosing the instance first would make the goal the averaging statement of milestone 6, not Theorem 9.
  • Infrastructure. Needed: finite sums over permutations, the exchange of the average over π\piπ and over the algorithm, invariance of a run under permutations that fix the revealed information, and estimates of harmonic sums HN−HN−jH_N-H_{N-j}HN​−HN−j​ against log⁡\loglog. The online-algorithm model and the Yao step are reusable for other online lower bounds. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; milestone 5 is pure real analysis and independent of the model.

Selected references

  • A. Mehta, A. Saberi, U. Vazirani, V. Vazirani, AdWords and generalized on-line matching, J. ACM 54(5), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1284320.1284321
  • R. M. Karp, U. V. Vazirani, V. V. Vazirani, An optimal algorithm for on-line bipartite matching, STOC 1990. https://doi.org/10.1145/100216.100262
  • B. Kalyanasundaram, K. R. Pruhs, An optimal deterministic algorithm for online b-matching, Theoret. Comput. Sci. 233, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3975(99)00140-1
  • A. C.-C. Yao, Probabilistic computations: toward a unified measure of complexity, FOCS 1977. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.1977.24
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the (Im)possibility of Obfuscating Programs 3: A Random Injection G : [K] → [L], L ≥ K², Fools Every K^δ-Query Distinguisher with Oracle G up to 1/K^δ, Except with Probability 2^(−K^δ)Research Paper

Motivation

Barak, Goldreich, Impagliazzo, Rudich, Sahai, Vadhan and Yang proved that general-purpose program obfuscation in the virtual black-box sense is impossible (J. ACM 59(2), 2012). A natural question is whether the impossibility proof relativizes, that is, whether it survives when every party gets access to the same oracle. Proposition 4.14 of the paper shows that it does not: there is an oracle relative to which efficient circuit obfuscators exist. This is evidence that the impossibility results are not formal consequences of black-box reasoning, and a further example that relativization is a poor guide to what can be proved.

The construction obfuscates a circuit CCC by publishing a random image Ok(C,r)O_k(C,r)Ok​(C,r), and its security comes down to one information-theoretic statement, Claim 4.14.2, restated and proved in Appendix B as Lemma B.1. A random injective function is a pseudorandom generator even against distinguishers that may query the function itself. The proof is a counting (compression) argument in the style of Gennaro and Trevisan's proof that a random permutation is one-way against nonuniform adversaries (FOCS 2000). Arguments of this kind recur in lower bounds for black-box constructions and in the theory of random oracles.

Setting

Fix natural numbers KKK and LLL and finite sets [K][K][K], [L][L][L] of these sizes. A distinguisher DDD receives an element y∈[L]y\in[L]y∈[L] and may ask an oracle G:[K]→[L]G:[K]\to[L]G:[K]→[L] for values G(z)G(z)G(z), choosing each query point adaptively from the input and the answers so far; finally it outputs a bit. Formally DDD is a family (Dy)y∈[L](D_y)_{y\in[L]}(Dy​)y∈[L]​ of query trees: a leaf carries an output bit, and an internal node carries a query point z∈[K]z\in[K]z∈[K] and one subtree for each possible answer in [L][L][L]. Running DyD_yDy​ against GGG follows the branch labelled G(z)G(z)G(z) at each node; DG(y)D^G(y)DG(y) is the bit at the leaf reached. The query complexity of DDD is the largest depth of its trees. Nothing restricts the computation between queries.

Let GGG be uniformly random among the injective functions [K]→[L][K]\to[L][K]→[L]. For a distinguisher DDD the two acceptance probabilities are

pX(D,G)=Pr⁡x∈[K][DG(G(x))=1],pY(D,G)=Pr⁡y∈[L][DG(y)=1],p_X(D,G)=\Pr_{x\in[K]}\big[D^G(G(x))=1\big],\qquad p_Y(D,G)=\Pr_{y\in[L]}\big[D^G(y)=1\big],pX​(D,G)=x∈[K]Pr​[DG(G(x))=1],pY​(D,G)=y∈[L]Pr​[DG(y)=1],

where xxx and yyy are uniform. DDD tries to tell the output G(x)G(x)G(x) of a random seed from a uniform element of [L][L][L] while it may query GGG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma B.1 (Claim 4.14.2)

There is a constant δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that for all sufficiently large KKK, all L≥K2L\ge K^2L≥K2, and every DDD making at most KδK^\deltaKδ oracle queries,

Pr⁡G[ ∣pX(D,G)−pY(D,G)∣≤1Kδ] ≥ 1−2−Kδ.\Pr_G\Big[\,\big|p_X(D,G)-p_Y(D,G)\big|\le \tfrac{1}{K^\delta}\Big]\ \ge\ 1-2^{-K^\delta}.GPr​[​pX​(D,G)−pY​(D,G)​≤Kδ1​] ≥ 1−2−Kδ.

The constant δ\deltaδ is left unspecified, as in the paper; the threshold for KKK may depend on δ\deltaδ only.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof on pp. A:43–A:45, for small δ\deltaδ and γ=K−3δ\gamma=K^{-3\delta}γ=K−3δ:

  1. an averaging bound: for most sets S⊆[K]S\subseteq[K]S⊆[K] of size K1−5δK^{1-5\delta}K1−5δ, few runs DG(G(x))D^G(G(x))DG(G(x)), x∈Sx\in Sx∈S, query S∖{x}S\setminus\{x\}S∖{x};
  2. a sampling bound: a random such SSS estimates pXp_XpX​ within 14Kδ\frac1{4K^\delta}4Kδ1​;
  3. the triangle-inequality chain that turns a violation of the goal into a gap >12Kδ>\frac1{2K^\delta}>2Kδ1​ between SGS_GSG​ and LG=[L]∖G([K]∖SG)L_G=[L]\setminus G([K]\setminus S_G)LG​=[L]∖G([K]∖SG​);
  4. inequality (8): a simulator MMM that reads GGG only off SGS_GSG​ keeps that gap;
  5. the Chernoff count of subsets TTT that overestimate a Boolean average;
  6. Claim B.1.2 in counting form: the GGG admitting a good SGS_GSG​ inside a fixed SSS number at most B⋅2−cK1−7δB\cdot2^{-cK^{1-7\delta}}B⋅2−cK1−7δ, where BBB is the number of injections;
  7. the closing density bound: the bad GGG have density below K−δK^{-\delta}K−δ.

Significance

Lemma B.1 is the step that makes Proposition 4.14 work. Once the oracle is fixed everywhere except at the values Ok(C,⋅)O_k(C,\cdot)Ok​(C,⋅), the simulator's only dependence on the remaining randomness is through queries to GGG, and Lemma B.1 says that such a simulator cannot distinguish GGG's outputs from uniform except with probability 2−Kδ2^{-K^\delta}2−Kδ over the oracle. A union bound over circuits and adversaries of bounded description then yields the obfuscator relative to the oracle. More broadly, the lemma is a clean instance of the principle that a random function is pseudorandom against adversaries with few queries to it, which is used in random-oracle and black-box separation arguments.

The paper gives only a sketch, and formalizing it adds more than a check. The sketch proves the density bound K−δK^{-\delta}K−δ but asserts 2−Kδ2^{-K^\delta}2−Kδ; the counting bound supports the stronger statement, but the step is not written. More seriously, Property 2 of Claim B.1.1 as printed (no query of DG(G(x))D^G(G(x))DG(G(x)) lands in SGS_GSG​, including at xxx itself) cannot be met: a one-query distinguisher that inverts GGG makes every bad GGG violate it, so Claim B.1.1 is false as stated and the proof needs repair. As far as the platform's records show, no part of the argument has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

The naive attempt is a union bound: fix DDD, compute the expected gap over GGG, and apply a concentration inequality over GGG. This fails because DDD queries GGG, so the events "DG(G(x))=1D^G(G(x))=1DG(G(x))=1" for different xxx are correlated through GGG in ways that depend on DDD's adaptive strategy. Neither independence nor a bounded-differences argument applies directly, since changing one value of GGG can change many runs.

The compression argument avoids this, but each of its steps needs care. The set on which DDD's runs are "independent" must be chosen from a fixed SSS so that it is cheap to describe. The simulator must answer queries without the part of GGG being described. The saving from the Chernoff count must exceed the cost of describing SGS_GSG​ inside SSS. Queries a run makes at its own preimage xxx must be handled separately, which is where the printed argument breaks.

Formalization scope

The query trees are an inductive type QTree K L with constructors out : Bool → QTree K L and query : Fin K → (Fin L → QTree K L) → QTree K L, and [K][K][K], [L][L][L] are Fin K, Fin L. A distinguisher is D : Fin L → QTree K L, and "at most KδK^\deltaKδ queries" means every D y has depth at most KδK^\deltaKδ (a real power). Distinguishers are deterministic: the probabilities in the goal are over xxx, yyy and GGG only. Randomized distinguishers, averaged over their coins, are not covered, and the paper's application fixes the simulator's coins.

Every probability is a counting fraction over a finite uniform sample space: Fin K, Fin L, the embeddings Fin K ↪ Fin L, or the subsets of a given size (Finset.powersetCard). Sizes the paper writes as non-integers are floors or inequalities: ∣S∣=⌊K1−5δ⌋|S|=\lfloor K^{1-5\delta}\rfloor∣S∣=⌊K1−5δ⌋ and ∣SG∣≥(1−γ)∣S∣|S_G|\ge(1-\gamma)|S|∣SG​∣≥(1−γ)∣S∣. Each Ω(⋅)\Omega(\cdot)Ω(⋅) is an explicit constant c>0c>0c>0 that depends only on δ\deltaδ. "Sufficiently small δ\deltaδ" is either an explicit range 0<δ≤1/1000<\delta\le1/1000<δ≤1/100 (for the elementary steps) or an existential δ0>0\delta_0>0δ0​>0 (for the counting steps), and "sufficiently large KKK" is an explicit threshold K0K_0K0​.

The goal quantifies ∃δ>0 ∃K0 ∀K≥K0 ∀L≥K2 ∀D\exists\delta>0\ \exists K_0\ \forall K\ge K_0\ \forall L\ge K^2\ \forall D∃δ>0 ∃K0​ ∀K≥K0​ ∀L≥K2 ∀D, so δ\deltaδ cannot depend on KKK or DDD. The probability over GGG is taken outside the absolute value: averaging the gap over GGG would give a much weaker statement and is ruled out. Non-adaptive distinguishers or a fixed query set would also weaken the goal and are not used.

Milestone 1 is stated in a corrected form: it excludes the query at xxx itself and reads the misprint 4/K−4δ4/K^{-4\delta}4/K−4δ as 4K−4δ4K^{-4\delta}4K−4δ. Claim B.1.1 is not a milestone because it is false as printed. Milestones 4 and 6 use the printed Property 2. Contributions repairing the link between the corrected averaging step and the compression step are welcome, as are sorry-free proofs of the generic concentration milestones (2 and 5), which are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • B. Barak, O. Goldreich, R. Impagliazzo, S. Rudich, A. Sahai, S. Vadhan, K. Yang, On the (Im)possibility of Obfuscating Programs, Journal of the ACM 59(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1145/2160158.2160159
  • R. Gennaro, L. Trevisan, Lower bounds on the efficiency of generic cryptographic constructions, FOCS 2000. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2000.892119
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, Journal of the American Statistical Association 58(301), 1963. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
9 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems 1: Every Schedule of the Flow Shop Instance F(r,d) Has Makespan at Least min(r, d/4)·lbResearch Paper

Motivation

In shop scheduling, jobs consist of chains of operations, each to be processed on a prescribed machine, and the goal is to minimize the makespan, the time at which the last operation finishes. Almost every approximation algorithm for job shops, acyclic job shops and flow shops is analysed against one quantity: the trivial lower bound lb=max⁡(C,D)\mathrm{lb}=\max(C,D)lb=max(C,D), where the congestion CCC is the largest total processing time requested on one machine and the dilation DDD is the largest total processing time of one job. Any schedule has makespan at least lb\mathrm{lb}lb.

How weak can this bound be? Leighton, Maggs and Rao (1994) showed that for acyclic job shops with unit-length operations the optimum is O(lb)O(\mathrm{lb})O(lb). For operations of arbitrary length, Feige and Scheideler (2002) proved an upper bound of O(lb⋅log⁡lb⋅log⁡log⁡lb)O(\mathrm{lb}\cdot\log\mathrm{lb}\cdot\log\log\mathrm{lb})O(lb⋅loglb⋅logloglb) for acyclic job shops, and gave acyclic job shop instances whose optimum is Ω(lb⋅log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\cdot\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lb⋅loglb/logloglb). Flow shops, in which every job visits every machine in one common order, are much more structured, and no flow shop instance with optimum ω(lb)\omega(\mathrm{lb})ω(lb) was known. Feige and Scheideler asked whether flow shops admit a significantly better upper bound. Mastrolilli and Svensson (J. ACM 2011, Theorem 1.1) answered this negatively by constructing flow shops whose optimal makespan is a factor Ω(log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(loglb/logloglb) above lb\mathrm{lb}lb.

Timeline:

  • 1994 — Leighton, Maggs, Rao: unit-time acyclic job shops have optimum O(lb)O(\mathrm{lb})O(lb) (packet routing).
  • 2002 — Feige, Scheideler: upper bound O(lblog⁡lblog⁡log⁡lb)O(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}\log\log\mathrm{lb})O(lbloglblogloglb) for acyclic job shops, a nearly matching lower-bound family for acyclic job shops, and the open question for flow shops.
  • 2011 — Mastrolilli, Svensson: flow shops with optimum Ω(lblog⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lbloglb/logloglb).

Setting

A job shop instance has machines and jobs; job jjj is a sequence of operations O1j,…,OμjjO_{1j},\dots,O_{\mu_j j}O1j​,…,Oμj​j​, operation OijO_{ij}Oij​ needs pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 time units without interruption on machine mijm_{ij}mij​. A feasible schedule assigns a start time s≥0s\ge0s≥0 to every operation so that each operation starts after the previous operation of its job has completed, and no two operations on one machine overlap. A zero-length operation therefore still occupies an instant on its machine: it cannot be performed strictly inside another operation there. The makespan Cmax⁡(s)C_{\max}(s)Cmax​(s) is the largest completion time.

The instance F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d), for natural numbers r,dr,dr,d:

  • Machines. r2dr^{2d}r2d groups M1,…,Mr2dM_1,\dots,M_{r^{2d}}M1​,…,Mr2d​; group MgM_gMg​ has machines mg,1,…,mg,dm_{g,1},\dots,m_{g,d}mg,1​,…,mg,d​, one per frequency. The machines are ordered m1,d,…,m1,1,m2,d,…,m2,1,…m_{1,d},\dots,m_{1,1},m_{2,d},\dots,m_{2,1},\dotsm1,d​,…,m1,1​,m2,d​,…,m2,1​,…: by group, and inside a group by decreasing frequency.
  • Jobs. For each frequency f=1,…,df=1,\dots,df=1,…,d there are r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) job groups JgfJ^f_gJgf​, each of r2fr^{2f}r2f identical jobs. Such a job runs for r2(d−f)r^{2(d-f)}r2(d−f) time units on each of the machines ma+1,f,…,ma+r2f,fm_{a+1,f},\dots,m_{a+r^{2f},f}ma+1,f​,…,ma+r2f,f​, a=(g−1)r2fa=(g-1)r^{2f}a=(g−1)r2f, and for 000 time units on every other machine. Every job visits every machine in the common order, so F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d) is a flow shop.

Operations of positive length are long-operations, the others short-operations. For a schedule, the iii-th long-operation of a job jjj of frequency fff is good if the delay dj(i)d_j(i)dj​(i) from its end to the start of the next long-operation of jjj is at most r24r2(d−f)\frac{r^2}{4}r^{2(d-f)}4r2​r2(d−f); the last long-operation of a job is never good. Tg,fT_{g,f}Tg,f​ is the set of first halves [s,s+p/2)[s,s+p/2)[s,s+p/2) of the good long-operations on machine mg,fm_{g,f}mg,f​, and L(Tg,f)L(T_{g,f})L(Tg,f​) the total time they cover.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.1, explicit form

For all natural numbers r≥8r\ge8r≥8 and ddd: every job of F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d) has length r2dr^{2d}r2d, every machine has load r2dr^{2d}r2d (so lb=r2d\mathrm{lb}=r^{2d}lb=r2d), and every feasible schedule sss satisfies

Cmax⁡(s) ≥ r2d⋅min⁡(r, d4).C_{\max}(s)\ \ge\ r^{2d}\cdot\min\Bigl(r,\ \frac d4\Bigr).Cmax​(s) ≥ r2d⋅min(r, 4d​).

With r=dr=dr=d this gives the paper's statement, an optimal makespan of Ω(lb⋅log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\cdot\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lb⋅loglb/logloglb).

Milestones

  • §2.2.1, p. 20:10: every job length and machine load equals r2dr^{2d}r2d.
  • Lemma 2.2: if Cmax⁡(s)<r⋅lbC_{\max}(s)<r\cdot\mathrm{lb}Cmax​(s)<r⋅lb, every job has at least a (1−4/r)(1-4/r)(1−4/r) fraction of good long-operations.
  • Lemma 2.3: for 1≤k<ℓ≤d1\le k<\ell\le d1≤k<ℓ≤d, the intervals of Tg,kT_{g,k}Tg,k​ and Tg,ℓT_{g,\ell}Tg,ℓ​ are pairwise disjoint.
  • Lemma 2.4: if Cmax⁡(s)<r⋅lbC_{\max}(s)<r\cdot\mathrm{lb}Cmax​(s)<r⋅lb, some group ggg has ∑f=1dL(Tg,f)≥lb4⋅d\sum_{f=1}^d L(T_{g,f})\ge\frac{\mathrm{lb}}4\cdot d∑f=1d​L(Tg,f​)≥4lb​⋅d.

Significance

The theorem shows that the lower bound lb\mathrm{lb}lb, against which all known flow shop algorithms are analysed, can be off by a factor growing with lb\mathrm{lb}lb. Any flow shop algorithm with guarantee o(log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)o(\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})o(loglb/logloglb) relative to the optimum must therefore use a stronger lower bound than max⁡(C,D)\max(C,D)max(C,D). The same frequency construction is the gap gadget behind the paper's inapproximability results for generalized flow shops and job shops (Theorems 1.2 and 1.3).

The result has been proved since 2011; as far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of the instance F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d), a formal proof of the explicit bound for every r≥8r\ge8r≥8, ddd, and reusable statements about delays and first-half intervals in the published job shop model JobShopLTAS.Core.Instance.

Difficulty

The bound must hold for every feasible schedule, with no structural restriction such as a permutation or non-delay schedule. The obvious approach, comparing each machine's load with the makespan, only gives Cmax⁡≥lbC_{\max}\ge\mathrm{lb}Cmax​≥lb, since every machine carries exactly lb\mathrm{lb}lb. The gain comes from interaction between machines of different frequencies in one group: a high-frequency job running in parallel with a low-frequency long-operation is held back by its zero-length operation on the low-frequency machine. Turning this into a quantitative bound requires controlling, for every job at once, how long it waits between consecutive long-operations, and that waiting is only bounded when the makespan is already small. Encoding the index arithmetic of F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d) (groups, frequencies, copies, positions of the long-operations) and the zero-length operations faithfully is a substantial part of the work.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The published definition JobShopLTAS.Core.Instance: machines Fin m, jobs Fin n, real processing times and start times, IsFeasibleSchedule Finset.univ s (nonnegative starts, chain precedence, disjunctive machine constraint s o + p o ≤ s o' ∨ s o' + p o' ≤ s o) and makespan Finset.univ s. Under that constraint a zero-length operation cannot sit strictly inside another operation on its machine, which the paper's argument needs.
  • Encoding. F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d) has r2ddr^{2d}dr2dd machines and r2ddr^{2d}dr2dd jobs. Machine position ppp is mg,im_{g,i}mg,i​ with p=(g−1)d+(d−i)p=(g-1)d+(d-i)p=(g−1)d+(d−i), so position order is the paper's machine order. Job qqq is jg,afj^f_{g,a}jg,af​ with q=(f−1)r2d+(g−1)r2f+(a−1)q=(f-1)r^{2d}+(g-1)r^{2f}+(a-1)q=(f−1)r2d+(g−1)r2f+(a−1). Every job has one operation per machine, the iii-th on position iii; frequencies, groups and copies are 1-based.
  • Good operations. The next long-operation of a job is the next operation of positive length in its chain; a last long-operation is never good. L(T)L(T)L(T) is the Lebesgue measure of the union of the intervals of TTT.
  • Explicit constants replacing asymptotics. The paper's Ω(lb⋅log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)\Omega(\mathrm{lb}\cdot\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})Ω(lb⋅loglb/logloglb) is replaced by the bound r2dmin⁡(r,d/4)r^{2d}\min(r,d/4)r2dmin(r,d/4) that §2.2.2 proves; the specialization r=dr=dr=d and the asymptotic estimate d=Θ(log⁡lb/log⁡log⁡lb)d=\Theta(\log\mathrm{lb}/\log\log\mathrm{lb})d=Θ(loglb/logloglb) are not formalized. "Sufficiently large rrr" becomes r≥8r\ge8r≥8 (Lemma 2.4 and the goal: 1−4/r≥1/21-4/r\ge1/21−4/r≥1/2) and r≥3r\ge3r≥3 (Lemma 2.3: r2/2−1>r2/4r^2/2-1>r^2/4r2/2−1>r2/4); Lemma 2.2 holds for every r≥1r\ge1r≥1. The standing assumption Cmax⁡<r⋅lbC_{\max}<r\cdot\mathrm{lb}Cmax​<r⋅lb of §2.2.2 is an explicit hypothesis of Lemmas 2.2 and 2.4. "Optimal makespan" is stated as a bound on every feasible schedule.
  • Ruled out. The goal quantifies over all feasible schedules of F(r,d)F(r,d)F(r,d) as constructed; assuming the good-fraction or disjointness properties, restricting to permutation schedules, or a model in which zero-length operations occupy no machine time would trivialize or falsify it.
  • Not in scope. The job shop warm-up of §2.1 (Lemma 2.1) and the reductions of §3–§4.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the counting facts about the encoding, of the milestones, and general lemmas about feasible schedules in JobShopLTAS.Core.Instance (completion time of a job bounds its delays; disjoint intervals in [0,Cmax⁡][0,C_{\max}][0,Cmax​] have total length at most Cmax⁡C_{\max}Cmax​).

Selected references

  • M. Mastrolilli, O. Svensson, Hardness of Approximating Flow and Job Shop Scheduling Problems, J. ACM 58(5), Article 20, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1145/2027216.2027218
  • U. Feige, C. Scheideler, Improved Bounds for Acyclic Job Shop Scheduling, Combinatorica 22(3), 361–399, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004930200018
  • F. T. Leighton, B. M. Maggs, S. B. Rao, Packet Routing and Job-Shop Scheduling in O(Congestion + Dilation) Steps, Combinatorica 14(2), 167–186, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01215349
  • P. Schuurman, G. J. Woeginger, Polynomial Time Approximation Algorithms for Machine Scheduling: Ten Open Problems, J. Scheduling 2(5), 203–213, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1099-1425(199909/10)2:5<203::AID-JOS26>3.0.CO;2-5
8 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsGraph Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Spectral Sparsification of Graphs 2: Every Graph with m Edges Has a (6 log_{4/3} 2m)⁻¹-Conductance Decomposition Cutting at Most Half of Its EdgesResearch Paper

Motivation

A sparse graph that approximates a dense one, in the sense that both have nearly the same Laplacian quadratic form, can stand in for it in every algorithm that only reads cuts or solves Laplacian linear systems. Spielman and Teng introduced such spectral sparsifiers and built them in nearly linear time; the construction is the sparsification step of their nearly-linear-time Laplacian solver (arXiv:0808.4134, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011).

Sampling edges at random works well only inside a graph of high conductance, where no vertex set is separated from the rest by few edges. A general graph is therefore first cut into pieces of high conductance, with few edges running between the pieces. Section 7 of the paper proves that such a decomposition always exists. A similar result was obtained independently by Trevisan (2005). The decomposition theorem, together with the sampling theorem of §6, already shows that every graph has a spectral sparsifier with O(nlog⁡7n)O(n\log^7 n)O(nlog7n) edges; the algorithmic decomposition of §8, which the fast algorithm uses, is an approximate version of it, and its analysis rests on the same certificate lemma.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a finite simple undirected graph with m=∣E∣m=|E|m=∣E∣ edges, and write did_idi​ for the degree of vertex iii. For disjoint S,T⊆VS,T\subseteq VS,T⊆V, E(S,T)E(S,T)E(S,T) is the set of edges with one end in SSS and one in TTT. The volume of S⊆VS\subseteq VS⊆V is Vol⁡(S)=∑i∈Sdi\operatorname{Vol}(S)=\sum_{i\in S}d_iVol(S)=∑i∈S​di​; in particular Vol⁡(V)=2m\operatorname{Vol}(V)=2mVol(V)=2m.

For a vertex set B⊆VB\subseteq VB⊆V and S⊆BS\subseteq BS⊆B, the conductance of SSS inside BBB is

ΦBG(S)=∣E(S,B−S)∣min⁡(Vol⁡(S),Vol⁡(B−S)),ΦBG(∅)=1,\Phi^G_B(S)=\frac{|E(S,B-S)|}{\min\big(\operatorname{Vol}(S),\operatorname{Vol}(B-S)\big)},\qquad \Phi^G_B(\emptyset)=1,ΦBG​(S)=min(Vol(S),Vol(B−S))∣E(S,B−S)∣​,ΦBG​(∅)=1,

and the conductance of BBB is ΦBG=min⁡S⊂BΦBG(S)\Phi^G_B=\min_{S\subset B}\Phi^G_B(S)ΦBG​=minS⊂B​ΦBG​(S) over proper subsets, with ΦBG=1\Phi^G_B=1ΦBG​=1 when ∣B∣=1|B|=1∣B∣=1. Volumes are always measured with the degrees of GGG, never with the degrees inside the induced subgraph G(B)G(B)G(B); consequently ΦBG\Phi^G_BΦBG​ is at most the usual conductance of G(B)G(B)G(B), and lower bounds on ΦBG\Phi^G_BΦBG​ transfer to it.

A decomposition of GGG is a partition (A1,…,Ak)(A_1,\dots,A_k)(A1​,…,Ak​) of VVV. It is a φ\varphiφ-decomposition if ΦAiG≥φ\Phi^G_{A_i}\ge\varphiΦAi​G​≥φ for all iii, and its boundary is the set of edges between different parts,

∂(A1,…,Ak)=E∩⋃i≠j(Ai×Aj).\partial(A_1,\dots,A_k)=E\cap\bigcup_{i\neq j}(A_i\times A_j).∂(A1​,…,Ak​)=E∩i=j⋃​(Ai​×Aj​).

In Lean: vol G S, cutEdges G S T =∣E(S,T)∣=|E(S,T)|=∣E(S,T)∣, condRel G B S =ΦBG(S)=\Phi^G_B(S)=ΦBG​(S), cond G B =ΦBG=\Phi^G_B=ΦBG​, and decompBoundary G P =∂(A1,…,Ak)=\partial(A_1,\dots,A_k)=∂(A1​,…,Ak​) for a Finpartition P of the vertex set, all in the namespace SpectralSparsify.Decomp.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 17)

Every graph GGG without isolated vertices has a decomposition (A1,…,Ak)(A_1,\dots,A_k)(A1​,…,Ak​) with

ΦAiG ≥ (6log⁡4/32m)−1for all i,∣∂(A1,…,Ak)∣ ≤ ∣E∣2.\Phi^G_{A_i}\ \ge\ \big(6\log_{4/3}2m\big)^{-1}\quad\text{for all } i,\qquad |\partial(A_1,\dots,A_k)|\ \le\ \frac{|E|}{2}.ΦAi​G​ ≥ (6log4/3​2m)−1for all i,∣∂(A1​,…,Ak​)∣ ≤ 2∣E∣​.

The constants are the paper's. Both conditions must hold for one and the same partition.

Milestones

  1. (12), first inequality (p. 18): for S⊆BS\subseteq BS⊆B, R⊆B−SR\subseteq B-SR⊆B−S, T=R∪ST=R\cup ST=R∪S, ∣E(T,B−T)∣≤∣E(S,B−S)∣+∣E(R,B−S−R)∣|E(T,B-T)|\le|E(S,B-S)|+|E(R,B-S-R)|∣E(T,B−T)∣≤∣E(S,B−S)∣+∣E(R,B−S−R)∣.
  2. The volume bound proving (13) (p. 19): if Vol⁡(R)≤12Vol⁡(B−S)\operatorname{Vol}(R)\le\frac12\operatorname{Vol}(B-S)Vol(R)≤21​Vol(B−S) and Vol⁡(S)=αVol⁡(B)\operatorname{Vol}(S)=\alpha\operatorname{Vol}(B)Vol(S)=αVol(B), then Vol⁡(R∪S)≤1+α2Vol⁡(B)\operatorname{Vol}(R\cup S)\le\frac{1+\alpha}{2}\operatorname{Vol}(B)Vol(R∪S)≤21+α​Vol(B).
  3. Lemma 7.2, Sparsest Cuts as Certificates (p. 18): let φ≤1\varphi\le1φ≤1, and let S⊂BS\subset BS⊂B maximize Vol⁡(S)\operatorname{Vol}(S)Vol(S) subject to (C.1) Vol⁡(S)≤Vol⁡(B)/2\operatorname{Vol}(S)\le\operatorname{Vol}(B)/2Vol(S)≤Vol(B)/2 and (C.2) ΦBG(S)≤φ\Phi^G_B(S)\le\varphiΦBG​(S)≤φ. If Vol⁡(S)=αVol⁡(B)\operatorname{Vol}(S)=\alpha\operatorname{Vol}(B)Vol(S)=αVol(B) with α≤1/3\alpha\le1/3α≤1/3, then
ΦB−SG ≥ φ 1−3α1−α.\Phi^G_{B-S}\ \ge\ \varphi\,\frac{1-3\alpha}{1-\alpha}.ΦB−SG​ ≥ φ1−α1−3α​.
  1. The φ/3\varphi/3φ/3 step (proof of Theorem 7.1, p. 19): under the hypotheses of Lemma 7.2 with Vol⁡(S)≤Vol⁡(B)/4\operatorname{Vol}(S)\le\operatorname{Vol}(B)/4Vol(S)≤Vol(B)/4, ΦB−SG≥φ/3\Phi^G_{B-S}\ge\varphi/3ΦB−SG​≥φ/3.
  2. The per-level cut bound (proof of Theorem 7.1, p. 19): for pairwise disjoint B1,…,BrB_1,\dots,B_rB1​,…,Br​ and Sj⊂BjS_j\subset B_jSj​⊂Bj​ satisfying (C.1) and (C.2) in BjB_jBj​ with φ≥0\varphi\ge0φ≥0, ∑j∣E(Sj,Bj−Sj)∣≤φ∣E∣\sum_j|E(S_j,B_j-S_j)|\le\varphi|E|∑j​∣E(Sj​,Bj​−Sj​)∣≤φ∣E∣.

Significance

The theorem says that every graph is, after removing at most half of its edges, a disjoint union of pieces of conductance Ω(1/log⁡m)\Omega(1/\log m)Ω(1/logm). By Cheeger's inequality each piece then has normalized spectral gap Ω(1/log⁡2m)\Omega(1/\log^2 m)Ω(1/log2m), which is the hypothesis under which the random sampling of §6 produces a spectral approximation; applying the theorem recursively to the removed edges gives the existence of spectral sparsifiers with O(nlog⁡7n)O(n\log^7 n)O(nlog7n) edges (§7.2). Decompositions of this kind, now called expander decompositions, have become a standard tool in graph algorithms.

The theorem is proved in the paper; to the knowledge of this mission it has no machine-checked proof. What the mission produces is a formal proof of the existence statement with the paper's explicit constant, a formal Lemma 7.2 (the certificate lemma that also drives the approximate version, Theorem 8.1), and reusable Lean definitions of volume, relative conductance ΦBG\Phi^G_BΦBG​ and decomposition boundary for finite simple graphs.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, cutting along any sparse set until no sparse set is left, controls the conductance of the final parts but not the number of edges cut: a long sequence of small sparse cuts can remove far more than half of the edges. The difficulty is to show that one well-chosen cut leaves a remainder whose conductance is certified without further search, which is the content of Lemma 7.2. Its hypothesis is a maximality condition over all subsets of BBB, and its conclusion concerns all subsets of B−SB-SB−S, a different set measured with the same ambient degrees, so the two cannot be compared directly. The existence statement then needs a well-founded description of the recursion, a bound on its depth, and an accounting of the cut edges level by level, all against the explicit constant (6log⁡4/32m)−1(6\log_{4/3}2m)^{-1}(6log4/3​2m)−1.

Formalization scope

Graphs are SimpleGraph V on a finite vertex type with decidable adjacency; vertex sets are Finset V; volumes, conductances and the bound on ∣∂∣|\partial|∣∂∣ are real numbers; decompositions are Finpartition (Finset.univ : Finset V); log⁡4/3\log_{4/3}log4/3​ is Real.logb (4/3).

Hypotheses made explicit:

  • No isolated vertices (∀ v, 0 < G.degree v) in Theorem 7.1, Lemma 7.2 and the milestones that divide by a volume. The paper leaves it implicit: ΦBG(S)\Phi^G_B(S)ΦBG​(S) is 0/00/00/0 for sets of isolated vertices, and with Lean's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 Lemma 7.2 would be false (one edge plus two isolated vertices is a counterexample). Under the hypothesis m=0m=0m=0 forces V=∅V=\emptysetV=∅, and Theorem 7.1 is then trivially true.
  • BBB nonempty in Lemma 7.2 and the φ/3\varphi/3φ/3 step, so that α=Vol⁡(S)/Vol⁡(B)\alpha=\operatorname{Vol}(S)/\operatorname{Vol}(B)α=Vol(S)/Vol(B) is determined.
  • φ≥0\varphi\ge0φ≥0 in the per-level bound (the paper's φ\varphiφ is positive).

Conventions: ΦBG\Phi^G_BΦBG​ is the minimum over proper subsets, the empty set contributing 111; ΦBG=1\Phi^G_B=1ΦBG​=1 for ∣B∣≤1|B|\le1∣B∣≤1; ∣E(S,T)∣|E(S,T)|∣E(S,T)∣ counts ordered adjacent pairs in S×TS\times TS×T, which is the edge count for disjoint sets. Neither conclusion of Theorem 7.1 may be dropped: the partition into singletons satisfies the conductance bound and the partition into one part satisfies the boundary bound, so a formalization keeping only one conclusion is trivial.

Not formalized: idealDecomp as an object (step 2 involves a choice, so it is a relation rather than a function; the goal is the existence statement), its termination and depth bound as separate items, the λ-spectral decomposition remark via Cheeger's inequality, the existence sketch for sparsifiers in §7.2, and the algorithmic analogue of §8. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a formal recursion for idealDecomp, and lemmas on volume and edge-boundary arithmetic that other graph-partitioning missions can reuse.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral Sparsification of Graphs, arXiv:0808.4134v3, 2010; SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • L. Trevisan, Approximation algorithms for unique games, FOCS 2005, pp. 197–205; journal version Theory of Computing 4 (2008) 111–128. https://doi.org/10.4086/toc.2008.v004a005
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Nearly-linear time algorithms for graph partitioning, graph sparsification, and solving linear systems, STOC 2004, pp. 81–90. https://doi.org/10.1145/1007352.1007372
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear algebraProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances 1: Sampling O(n log n/ε²) Edges by Effective Resistance Yields a (1±ε) Spectral Sparsifier with Probability 1/2Research Paper

Motivation

Many graph algorithms run in time proportional to the number of edges. A sparsifier of a weighted graph GGG is a graph HHH on the same vertices with far fewer edges that approximates GGG for the purpose at hand, so that the algorithm can be run on HHH instead. Benczúr and Karger (1996) showed that every graph has a sparsifier with O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges preserving the weight of every cut up to a factor 1±ε1\pm\varepsilon1±ε. Spielman and Teng (2004) introduced the stronger spectral notion, in which the Laplacian quadratic form is preserved for every real vector, not only for cut indicators; their sparsifiers had O(nlog⁡cn)O(n\log^c n)O(nlogcn) edges for a large constant ccc and were the first step of their nearly-linear-time solvers for symmetric diagonally dominant linear systems.

Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0803.0929, STOC 2008, SIAM J. Comput. 2011) proved that independent sampling of O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges, each edge with probability proportional to its weight times its effective resistance, yields a spectral sparsifier. The result improved both earlier bounds, replaced a recursive partitioning construction by a one-line sampling rule, and made effective resistance a standard tool in graph algorithms. Batson, Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0808.0163) later obtained O(n/ε2)O(n/\varepsilon^2)O(n/ε2) edges deterministically, by a slower method built on the same matrix Π\PiΠ.

Setting

Let G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) be a connected weighted undirected graph with n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣ vertices, m=∣E∣m=|E|m=∣E∣ edges and weights we>0w_e>0we​>0. Orient every edge arbitrarily, so that it has a head and a tail (distinct vertices).

  • The incidence matrix B∈Rm×nB\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}B∈Rm×n has B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1 if vvv is the head of eee, −1-1−1 if vvv is its tail, and 000 otherwise; beb_ebe​ denotes its row for eee. WWW is the diagonal m×mm\times mm×m matrix with W(e,e)=weW(e,e)=w_eW(e,e)=we​.
  • The Laplacian is L=BTWBL=B^{\mathsf T}WBL=BTWB, with quadratic form xTLx=∑ewe (x(head e)−x(tail e))2x^{\mathsf T}Lx=\sum_e w_e\,(x(\mathrm{head}\,e)-x(\mathrm{tail}\,e))^2xTLx=∑e​we​(x(heade)−x(taile))2.
  • L+L^{+}L+ is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse of LLL: if L=∑i=1n−1λiuiuiTL=\sum_{i=1}^{n-1}\lambda_iu_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L=∑i=1n−1​λi​ui​uiT​ over its nonzero eigenvalues, then L+=∑i=1n−1λi−1uiuiTL^{+}=\sum_{i=1}^{n-1}\lambda_i^{-1}u_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L+=∑i=1n−1​λi−1​ui​uiT​.
  • The effective resistance of the edge eee is Re=beL+beTR_e=b_eL^{+}b_e^{\mathsf T}Re​=be​L+beT​: the potential difference across eee when a unit current enters at one end and leaves at the other, the edges being resistors of conductance wew_ewe​.
  • Π=W1/2BL+BTW1/2\Pi=W^{1/2}BL^{+}B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}Π=W1/2BL+BTW1/2 is an m×mm\times mm×m matrix with Π(e,e)=weRe\Pi(e,e)=w_eR_eΠ(e,e)=we​Re​.
  • Sparsify(G,q)(G,q)(G,q) draws qqq edges independently with replacement, the edge eee with probability pe=weRe/∑fwfRfp_e=w_eR_e/\sum_f w_fR_fpe​=we​Re​/∑f​wf​Rf​, and gives eee the weight we/(qpe)w_e/(qp_e)we​/(qpe​) for each time it is drawn. Its output HHH has Laplacian L~=BTW1/2SW1/2B\tilde L=B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}SW^{1/2}BL~=BTW1/2SW1/2B, where SSS is the random diagonal matrix with S(e,e)=#{draws of e}/(qpe)S(e,e)=\#\{\text{draws of }e\}/(qp_e)S(e,e)=#{draws of e}/(qpe​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

There are an absolute constant CCC and a threshold N0N_0N0​ such that, for every n≥N0n\ge N_0n≥N0​, every connected weighted graph on nnn vertices and every 1/n<ε≤11/\sqrt n<\varepsilon\le11/n​<ε≤1, with q=⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉q=\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceilq=⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, with probability at least 1/21/21/2

∀x∈Rn:(1−ε) xTLx  ≤  xTL~x  ≤  (1+ε) xTLx.\forall x\in\mathbb R^n:\qquad (1-\varepsilon)\,x^{\mathsf T}Lx\;\le\;x^{\mathsf T}\tilde Lx\;\le\;(1+\varepsilon)\,x^{\mathsf T}Lx .∀x∈Rn:(1−ε)xTLx≤xTL~x≤(1+ε)xTLx.

The constant CCC is left unfixed; the statement asserts the shape q=O(nlog⁡n/ε2)q=O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)q=O(nlogn/ε2) with the paper's explicit dependence on CCC.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (four parts): Π\PiΠ is an orthogonal projection; im⁡Π=im⁡W1/2B\operatorname{im}\Pi=\operatorname{im}W^{1/2}BimΠ=imW1/2B; the eigenvalues of Π\PiΠ are 111 with multiplicity n−1n-1n−1 and 000 with multiplicity m−n+1m-n+1m−n+1; Π(e,e)=∥Π(⋅,e)∥2\Pi(e,e)=\|\Pi(\cdot,e)\|^2Π(e,e)=∥Π(⋅,e)∥2.
  2. Lemma 4: for a nonnegative diagonal SSS, ∥ΠSΠ−ΠΠ∥2≤ε\|\Pi S\Pi-\Pi\Pi\|_2\le\varepsilon∥ΠSΠ−ΠΠ∥2​≤ε implies (1−ε)xTLx≤xTBTW1/2SW1/2Bx≤(1+ε)xTLx(1-\varepsilon)x^{\mathsf T}Lx\le x^{\mathsf T}B^{\mathsf T}W^{1/2}SW^{1/2}Bx\le(1+\varepsilon)x^{\mathsf T}Lx(1−ε)xTLx≤xTBTW1/2SW1/2Bx≤(1+ε)xTLx for all xxx.
  3. Lemma 5 (Rudelson–Vershynin): for independent samples y1,…,yqy_1,\dots,y_qy1​,…,yq​ of a random vector with ∥y∥2≤M\|y\|_2\le M∥y∥2​≤M and ∥E yyT∥2≤1\|\mathbb E\,yy^{\mathsf T}\|_2\le1∥EyyT∥2​≤1, and q≥2q\ge2q≥2,
E∥1q∑j=1qyjyjT−E yyT∥2≤CMlog⁡qqwhenever the right side is <1.\mathbb E\Big\|\frac1q\sum_{j=1}^q y_jy_j^{\mathsf T}-\mathbb E\,yy^{\mathsf T}\Big\|_2\le CM\sqrt{\frac{\log q}{q}}\quad\text{whenever the right side is }<1.E​q1​j=1∑q​yj​yjT​−EyyT​2​≤CMqlogq​​whenever the right side is <1.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that every weighted graph is spectrally approximated by a reweighted subgraph with O(nlog⁡n/ε2)O(n\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(nlogn/ε2) edges. A spectral approximation preserves cut weights, the eigenvalues of the Laplacian up to 1±ε1\pm\varepsilon1±ε, effective resistances, and the condition number of LLL as a preconditioner, so any algorithm whose output depends on these quantities can run on HHH. Combined with fast approximate computation of effective resistances (the second mission of this series), it gives a nearly-linear-time construction, and it is the sampling step used in Laplacian solvers, in sparsification of sums of rank-one matrices, and in leverage-score sampling for regression, where weRew_eR_ewe​Re​ is exactly the statistical leverage of a row.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. This mission formalizes the statement and the paper's proof structure: the linear algebra of Π\PiΠ (Lemma 3), the deterministic reduction from quadratic forms to a spectral-norm bound (Lemma 4), and the matrix concentration inequality (Lemma 5), which is the substantive analytic input and is itself a reusable result about sums of independent rank-one matrices.

Difficulty

The deterministic part is linear algebra over the pseudoinverse. The obstacle is concentration: the expected Laplacian of HHH equals LLL, but bounding the deviation uniformly over all x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn is a statement about the spectral norm of a random matrix, and a union bound over a net of directions costs a factor of nnn in the sample count rather than log⁡n\log nlogn. Scalar Chernoff bounds per cut, which suffice for cut sparsifiers, do not give the spectral statement. Lemma 5 is the matrix inequality that removes this loss, and no inequality of this kind (a concentration bound for the spectral norm of a sum of independent random matrices) is in Mathlib.

Formalization scope

All declarations sit in the namespace EffResSparsify.Sampling.

  • Graphs. A structure WGraph V E with orientation maps head, tail : E → V, weights w : E → ℝ, and the fields head e ≠ tail e (no loops) and 0 < w e. Parallel edges are allowed; nothing in §3 uses simplicity. Connectivity is a separate hypothesis on the underlying simple graph and includes V≠∅V\ne\emptysetV=∅. In Theorem 1 the vertex type is Fin n; the edge type is an arbitrary finite type.
  • Pseudoinverse. L+L^{+}L+ is the matrix of the published Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv of x↦Lxx\mapsto Lxx↦Lx on Euclidean RV\mathbb R^VRV; it equals the spectral formula above and is the gauge-fixed inverse, never "some solution of Lx=yLx=yLx=y".
  • Sampling. pep_epe​ is defined as weRe/∑fwfRfw_eR_e/\sum_f w_fR_fwe​Re​/∑f​wf​Rf​; the identity ∑fwfRf=n−1\sum_f w_fR_f=n-1∑f​wf​Rf​=n−1 is part of the proof. An outcome of Sparsify is a sequence in EqE^qEq with probability ∏ipsi\prod_i p_{s_i}∏i​psi​​, and probabilities and expectations are finite sums over EqE^qEq, with no measure theory.
  • Norms and logarithms. ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ operator norm on matrices (Matrix.Norms.L2Operator); vector norms in Lemma 5 are Euclidean; log⁡\loglog is natural (the base is absorbed into CCC).
  • Constants. In Theorem 1, ∃C>0, ∃N0, ∀n≥N0\exists C>0,\ \exists N_0,\ \forall n\ge N_0∃C>0, ∃N0​, ∀n≥N0​ precede the graph and ε\varepsilonε; the sample count is ⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceil⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, rounded up because the printed value is not an integer. In Lemma 5, ∃C>0\exists C>0∃C>0 precedes the dimension, the distribution, MMM and qqq.
  • Corrected statement. Lemma 5 as printed, with right side min⁡(CMlog⁡q/q,1)\min(CM\sqrt{\log q/q},1)min(CMlogq/q​,1), is false (at q=1q=1q=1 the bound is 000). The formal milestone is Rudelson and Vershynin's own Theorem 3.1: q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and the bound a=CMlog⁡q/qa=CM\sqrt{\log q/q}a=CMlogq/q​ holds when a<1a<1a<1. It is stated for finitely supported distributions, which is all Theorem 1 uses. Theorem 1 applies it with a≤ε/2a\le\varepsilon/2a≤ε/2, so the correction does not affect the goal.
  • Not a trivialization. Theorem 1 does not take Lemma 5, a bound on E∥ΠSΠ−Π∥2\mathbb E\|\Pi S\Pi-\Pi\|_2E∥ΠSΠ−Π∥2​, or a free sample count as a hypothesis; a statement with any of these, or with "∃q\exists q∃q" in place of ⌈9C2nlog⁡n/ε2⌉\lceil 9C^2n\log n/\varepsilon^2\rceil⌈9C2nlogn/ε2⌉, is a different theorem.

Reusable beyond this mission: the weighted Laplacian with its pseudoinverse and effective resistances, and Lemma 5, which applies to any sampling scheme for sums of rank-one matrices (leverage-score sampling, column subset selection). Contributions toward a matrix Chernoff or Rudelson-type inequality in Mathlib are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances, arXiv:0803.0929v4, 2009; SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929, https://doi.org/10.1137/080734029
  • M. Rudelson, R. Vershynin, Sampling from large matrices: an approach through geometric functional analysis, J. ACM 54(4), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1145/1255443.1255449
  • M. Rudelson, Random vectors in the isotropic position, J. Funct. Anal. 164(1), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1006/jfan.1998.3384
  • A. A. Benczúr, D. R. Karger, Approximating s-t minimum cuts in Õ(n²) time, STOC 1996. https://doi.org/10.1145/237814.237827
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Spectral sparsification of graphs, SIAM J. Comput. 40(4), 2011 (arXiv:0808.4134). https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.4134
  • J. Batson, D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Twice-Ramanujan sparsifiers, SIAM J. Comput. 41(6), 2012 (arXiv:0808.0163). https://arxiv.org/abs/0808.0163
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances 2: Approximate Laplacian Solves Preserve Effective-Resistance Sketches up to (1±ε)²Research Paper

Motivation

The effective resistance between two vertices of a weighted graph is the voltage difference that appears between them when the graph is viewed as an electrical network, edge weights being conductances, and one unit of current is injected at one vertex and extracted at the other. Effective resistances drive the spectral sparsification algorithm of Spielman and Srivastava (arXiv:0803.0929): sampling each edge with probability proportional to its weight times its effective resistance yields a sparse graph whose Laplacian approximates the original one. They are also used as a distance on graphs in the analysis of social and small-world networks, where they reflect how many short paths connect two vertices.

Computing every effective resistance exactly requires the pseudoinverse of the Laplacian, which costs far more than the size of the graph. Section 4 of the paper shows that all of them can be approximated in nearly linear time: a random projection compresses the relevant vectors to O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) dimensions, and the projected vectors are obtained from O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) calls to a fast approximate Laplacian solver (Spielman–Teng). This mission formalizes the deterministic statement that makes this procedure correct, Lemma 9: approximate solves, at a stated accuracy, do not destroy the approximation that the random projection provides.

Setting

Let G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w)G=(V,E,w) be a connected, simple, weighted undirected graph with n=∣V∣n=|V|n=∣V∣ vertices, edge set EEE and edge weights we>0w_e>0we​>0. Orient every edge arbitrarily, so that it has a head and a tail. The signed incidence matrix B∈RE×VB\in\mathbb R^{E\times V}B∈RE×V has B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1B(e,v)=1 if vvv is the head of eee, −1-1−1 if vvv is its tail, and 000 otherwise. With WWW the diagonal matrix of weights, the Laplacian is L=BTWBL=B^{\mathsf T}WBL=BTWB, a symmetric positive semidefinite matrix whose kernel is spanned by the all-ones vector when GGG is connected. Its Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse is L+=∑λi≠0λi−1uiuiTL^+=\sum_{\lambda_i\neq 0}\lambda_i^{-1}u_iu_i^{\mathsf T}L+=∑λi​=0​λi−1​ui​uiT​, where uiu_iui​ are orthonormal eigenvectors of LLL with nonzero eigenvalues λi\lambda_iλi​.

For a vertex uuu let χu\chi_uχu​ be its indicator vector. The effective resistance between uuu and vvv is

Ruv=(χu−χv)TL+(χu−χv),R_{uv}=(\chi_u-\chi_v)^{\mathsf T}L^+(\chi_u-\chi_v),Ruv​=(χu​−χv​)TL+(χu​−χv​),

and Re=RabR_e=R_{ab}Re​=Rab​ for an edge eee with endpoints a,ba,ba,b. The LLL-norm of y∈RVy\in\mathbb R^Vy∈RV is ∥y∥L=yTLy\|y\|_L=\sqrt{y^{\mathsf T}Ly}∥y∥L​=yTLy​. Let wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​ and wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ be the smallest and largest edge weights.

A resistance sketch is a k×nk\times nk×n matrix ZZZ (columns indexed by VVV) with

(1−ε)Ruv≤∥Z(χu−χv)∥2≤(1+ε)Ruvfor all u,v,(1-\varepsilon)R_{uv}\le\|Z(\chi_u-\chi_v)\|^2\le(1+\varepsilon)R_{uv}\quad\text{for all }u,v,(1−ε)Ruv​≤∥Z(χu​−χv​)∥2≤(1+ε)Ruv​for all u,v,

where ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. In the paper, Z=QW1/2BL+Z=QW^{1/2}BL^+Z=QW1/2BL+ for a random ±1/k\pm1/\sqrt k±1/k​ matrix QQQ with k=O(log⁡n/ε2)k=O(\log n/\varepsilon^2)k=O(logn/ε2), and the Johnson–Lindenstrauss lemma makes it a sketch with high probability. Write ziz_izi​ and z~i\tilde z_iz~i​ for the iii-th rows of ZZZ and of an approximation Z~\widetilde ZZ, as vectors in RV\mathbb R^VRV.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 9 (p. 11)

Let 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1. If ZZZ is a resistance sketch, if every row satisfies

∥zi−z~i∥L≤δ∥zi∥L,(4)\|z_i-\tilde z_i\|_L\le\delta\|z_i\|_L,\tag{4}∥zi​−z~i​∥L​≤δ∥zi​∥L​,(4)

and if

δ≤ε32(1−ε)wmin⁡(1+ε)n3wmax⁡,(5)\delta\le\frac{\varepsilon}{3}\sqrt{\frac{2(1-\varepsilon)w_{\min}}{(1+\varepsilon)n^3w_{\max}}},\tag{5}δ≤3ε​(1+ε)n3wmax​2(1−ε)wmin​​​,(5)

then for every pair u,vu,vu,v

(1−ε)2Ruv≤∥Z~(χu−χv)∥2≤(1+ε)2Ruv.(1-\varepsilon)^2R_{uv}\le\|\widetilde Z(\chi_u-\chi_v)\|^2\le(1+\varepsilon)^2R_{uv}.(1−ε)2Ruv​≤∥Z(χu​−χv​)∥2≤(1+ε)2Ruv​.

The lemma is stated for arbitrary kkk, ZZZ and Z~\widetilde ZZ: nothing about the random projection or the solver enters beyond (4) and the sketch property.

Milestones

  • Trace identity (§3, p. 8): ∑eweRe=n−1\sum_{e}w_eR_e=n-1∑e​we​Re​=n−1 for a connected graph.
  • Proposition 10 (p. 12): Ruv≥2/(nwmax⁡)R_{uv}\ge 2/(nw_{\max})Ruv​≥2/(nwmax​) for distinct vertices u≠vu\neq vu=v of a connected simple graph.

Significance

Lemma 9 is the correctness half of the paper's Theorem 2: together with a Johnson–Lindenstrauss lemma and the Spielman–Teng solver it yields a data structure, built in O~(mlog⁡r/ε2)\widetilde O(m\log r/\varepsilon^2)O(mlogr/ε2) time, that returns any effective resistance to within a factor (1±ε)2(1\pm\varepsilon)^2(1±ε)2 in O(log⁡n/ε2)O(\log n/\varepsilon^2)O(logn/ε2) time. This in turn makes the effective-resistance sampling of the paper's Theorem 1 run in nearly linear time, and the same sketch-and-solve pattern has been reused in later work on Laplacian solvers, graph sparsification and electrical-flow algorithms.

The result is proved in the paper. Formalizing it produces machine-checked statements of three facts that recur throughout spectral graph theory: the trace identity ∑eweRe=n−1\sum_e w_eR_e=n-1∑e​we​Re​=n−1 (Foster's theorem in its weighted form), the lower bound on effective resistances by comparison with the complete graph, and the stability of a resistance sketch under relative LLL-norm errors. Neither Mathlib nor this platform states any of them for the linear-algebraic definition of effective resistance used here.

Difficulty

The hypothesis (4) controls the error row by row, in the LLL-norm on RV\mathbb R^VRV, while the conclusion concerns the columns of Z~\widetilde ZZ applied to χu−χv\chi_u-\chi_vχu​−χv​, in the Euclidean norm on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, and it is a relative bound for every pair at once. A relative bound cannot hold unless RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ is bounded below uniformly over all pairs of distinct vertices, which is where the factors n3n^3n3, wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​ and wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ of (5) come from. Such a lower bound is false for multigraphs, whose parallel edges can make RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ arbitrarily small, and the relation between the LLL-norm of a row and the Euclidean norms of the columns involves every edge of the graph, not only a path between uuu and vvv.

Proposition 10 is classically derived from Rayleigh's monotonicity law. Its standard formal statement on this platform concerns the probabilistic definition of effective resistance through hitting probabilities of a random walk, which is a different definition from (χu−χv)TL+(χu−χv)(\chi_u-\chi_v)^{\mathsf T}L^+(\chi_u-\chi_v)(χu​−χv​)TL+(χu​−χv​); no theorem relating the two is available.

Formalization scope

The graph is a structure WGraph V E over finite types VVV (vertices, n=n=n= Fintype.card V) and EEE (edges), with head, tail : E → V, head e ≠ tail e, weights w : E → ℝ with 0 < w e. Connectivity is that of the underlying simple graph (Mathlib's SimpleGraph.Connected, which includes V≠∅V\neq\emptysetV=∅); simplicity means that no two edges join the same unordered pair. Matrices are Mathlib matrices indexed by EEE and VVV. L+L^+L+ is the published Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse HarmonicGames.Decomposition.pinv of x↦Lxx\mapsto Lxx↦Lx on the Euclidean space RV\mathbb R^VRV, converted back to a matrix; for symmetric LLL this is the spectral pseudoinverse of §2.2. ∥Zx∥2\|Z x\|^2∥Zx∥2 is the sum of squares of the coordinates, not Lean's sup norm. n3n^3n3 is the real number n3n^3n3.

Choices committed to, relative to the page:

  • wmin⁡w_{\min}wmin​, wmax⁡w_{\max}wmax​ are any reals with 0<wmin⁡≤we≤wmax⁡0<w_{\min}\le w_e\le w_{\max}0<wmin​≤we​≤wmax​ for all edges; the exact extremes are an instance, and looser bounds only make (5) and Proposition 10 weaker.
  • ε\varepsilonε is assumed to satisfy 0<ε<10<\varepsilon<10<ε<1; the paper gives no range, and for ε≥1\varepsilon\ge1ε≥1 the square root in (5) has a non-positive argument.
  • The graph is assumed simple in Lemma 9 and Proposition 10. Proposition 10 is false for multigraphs (two parallel unit edges give R=1/2<1=2/(nwmax⁡)R=1/2<1=2/(nw_{\max})R=1/2<1=2/(nwmax​)), and the proof of Lemma 9 uses it.
  • Proposition 10 is stated for u≠vu\neq vu=v. As printed it claims all u,vu,vu,v, which fails at u=vu=vu=v since Ruu=0R_{uu}=0Ruu​=0.
  • The trace identity requires connectivity only.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal does not assume the intermediate inequality ∣∥Zx∥−∥Z~x∥∣≤(ε/3)∥Zx∥|\|Zx\|-\|\widetilde Zx\||\le(\varepsilon/3)\|Zx\|∣∥Zx∥−∥Zx∥∣≤(ε/3)∥Zx∥ of the proof, nor a stronger condition on δ\deltaδ than (5); its hypotheses are satisfiable (for example Z~=Z\widetilde Z=ZZ=Z with Z=W1/2BL+Z=W^{1/2}BL^+Z=W1/2BL+ and δ=0\delta=0δ=0), and its conclusion is not vacuous for n≥2n\ge2n≥2.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission: the identity L+LL+=L+L^+LL^+=L^+L+LL+=L+ and LL+LL^+LL+ as the projection onto 1⊥\mathbf 1^\perp1⊥ for a connected Laplacian; the trace identity; Loewner-order monotonicity of RuvR_{uv}Ruv​ in the edge weights; and the effective resistances of the complete graph. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome. The random projection (Johnson–Lindenstrauss) and the solver's running time are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • D. A. Spielman, N. Srivastava, Graph Sparsification by Effective Resistances, arXiv:0803.0929v4, 2009; SIAM J. Comput. 40(6), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0929, https://doi.org/10.1137/080734029
  • D. A. Spielman, S.-H. Teng, Nearly-linear time algorithms for preconditioning and solving symmetric, diagonally dominant linear systems, arXiv:cs/0607105. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0607105
  • D. Achlioptas, Database-friendly random projections: Johnson–Lindenstrauss with binary coins, J. Comput. Syst. Sci. 66(4), 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00025-4
  • P. G. Doyle, J. L. Snell, Random Walks and Electric Networks, MAA, 1984. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0001057
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

What Can We Learn Privately? III: An ε-Local Algorithm Simulates Any t-Query Statistical Query Algorithm from O(t log(t/β) b²/(ε²τ²)) SamplesResearch Paper

Motivation

In the local model of differential privacy, no trusted curator ever sees the raw data: each individual randomizes their own record before handing it to the analyst. This is how private telemetry is collected in practice (randomized response and its descendants), and it raises a basic question: which learning tasks remain possible when the learner only sees locally randomized records?

Kasiviswanathan, Lee, Nissim, Raskhodnikova and Smith answered it in What Can We Learn Privately? (arXiv:0803.0924v3, the accepted version of SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826, DOI 10.1137/090756090; theorem numbers below are the arXiv v3's). They showed that local private learning is equivalent, up to polynomial factors, to learning in Kearns' statistical query (SQ) model (Kearns 1998), where an algorithm sees a distribution only through approximate expectations. This mission formalizes one direction of that equivalence: every SQ algorithm can be run by a local algorithm (§5.1.1, Theorem 5.7). The other direction (Lemma 5.8) is a separate mission of this series.

Timeline. Blum, Dwork, McSherry and Nissim (PODS 2005) observed that SQ algorithms can be simulated by a trusted curator adding noise to sums. Dwork, McSherry, Nissim and Smith (TCC 2006) introduced the Laplace mechanism. Kasiviswanathan et al. (FOCS 2008; journal version 2011) showed the simulation works even in the local model, with each record entering a single randomizer.

Setting

A database is a vector z=(z1,…,zn)∈Dnz=(z_1,\dots,z_n)\in D^nz=(z1​,…,zn​)∈Dn; two databases are neighbors if they differ in exactly one entry. A randomized algorithm AAA is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private if Pr⁡[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[A(z′)∈S]\Pr[A(z)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[A(z')\in S]Pr[A(z)∈S]≤eεPr[A(z′)∈S] for all neighbors z,z′z,z'z,z′ and all measurable sets SSS of outputs. An ε\varepsilonε-local randomizer is an ε\varepsilonε-differentially private map applied to a single record: Pr⁡[R(u)∈S]≤eεPr⁡[R(u′)∈S]\Pr[R(u)\in S]\le e^{\varepsilon}\Pr[R(u')\in S]Pr[R(u)∈S]≤eεPr[R(u′)∈S] for all u,u′u,u'u,u′.

The Laplace distribution Lap(s)\mathrm{Lap}(s)Lap(s) has density 12se−∣x∣/s\frac1{2s}e^{-|x|/s}2s1​e−∣x∣/s.

An SQ oracle SQPSQ_PSQP​ for a distribution PPP on DDD receives a query g:D→[−b,b]g:D\to[-b,b]g:D→[−b,b] and a tolerance τ\tauτ, and may return any vvv with ∣v−Eu∼P[g(u)]∣≤τ|v-\mathbb E_{u\sim P}[g(u)]|\le\tau∣v−Eu∼P​[g(u)]∣≤τ. An SQ algorithm with ttt queries asks (g0,τ0),…,(gt−1,τt−1)(g_0,\tau_0),\dots,(g_{t-1},\tau_{t-1})(g0​,τ0​),…,(gt−1​,τt−1​), where (gk,τk)(g_k,\tau_k)(gk​,τk​) may depend on the earlier answers a0,…,ak−1a_0,\dots,a_{k-1}a0​,…,ak−1​ (adaptive), and outputs a function of all answers. A vector aaa is a valid transcript against SQPSQ_PSQP​ if every aka_kak​ is within τk\tau_kτk​ of the true mean of the query gkg_kgk​ asked at that point.

For one query ggg, the randomizer Rg(u)=g(u)+ηR_g(u)=g(u)+\etaRg​(u)=g(u)+η with η∼Lap(2b/ε)\eta\sim\mathrm{Lap}(2b/\varepsilon)η∼Lap(2b/ε) is applied to each record, and the local algorithm Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ outputs the average 1n∑i(g(zi)+ηi)\frac1n\sum_i(g(z_i)+\eta_i)n1​∑i​(g(zi​)+ηi​). The simulation of an SQ algorithm answers its kkk-th query gkg_kgk​ by running Agk\mathcal A_{g_k}Agk​​ on the kkk-th block of mmm fresh entries zkm,…,zkm+m−1z_{km},\dots,z_{km+m-1}zkm​,…,zkm+m−1​ and finally outputs what the SQ algorithm outputs on these answers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (local simulation of SQ)

There is an absolute constant c>0c>0c>0 such that, for every SQ algorithm with ttt queries into [−b,b][-b,b][−b,b], and every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0; the accuracy claim further takes every tolerance at least τ\tauτ, ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1, ετ≤4b\varepsilon\tau\le4bετ≤4b and 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1:

the simulation is ε-differentially private for every block size m and every n≥tm,\text{the simulation is }\varepsilon\text{-differentially private for every block size }m\text{ and every }n\ge tm,the simulation is ε-differentially private for every block size m and every n≥tm, m ≥ c ln⁡(t/β) b2ε2τ2, z∼Pn ⟹ Pr⁡[the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQP] ≥ 1−β.m\ \ge\ c\,\frac{\ln(t/\beta)\,b^2}{\varepsilon^2\tau^2},\ z\sim P^n\ \Longrightarrow\ \Pr\bigl[\text{the simulated answers are a valid transcript against }SQ_P\bigr]\ \ge\ 1-\beta .m ≥ cε2τ2ln(t/β)b2​, z∼Pn ⟹ Pr[the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQP​] ≥ 1−β.

On that event the simulation outputs exactly what the SQ algorithm outputs against a valid oracle. The constant is left unspecified, as in the paper.

Milestones

  1. RgR_gRg​ is an ε\varepsilonε-local randomizer; Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ is ε\varepsilonε-differentially private (p. 20).
  2. Hoeffding's bound for the empirical mean of ggg: Pr⁡[∣1n∑g(ui)−v∣≥τ/2]≤2e−τ2n/(8b2)\Pr[|\frac1n\sum g(u_i)-v|\ge\tau/2]\le2e^{-\tau^2n/(8b^2)}Pr[∣n1​∑g(ui​)−v∣≥τ/2]≤2e−τ2n/(8b2).
  3. The average of nnn i.i.d. Lap(2b/ε)\mathrm{Lap}(2b/\varepsilon)Lap(2b/ε) variables lies in [−τ/2,τ/2][-\tau/2,\tau/2][−τ/2,τ/2] with probability at least 1−β/21-\beta/21−β/2 once n≥cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)n\ge c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)n≥cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2).
  4. Lemma 5.6: Ag\mathcal A_gAg​ approximates EP[g]\mathbb E_P[g]EP​[g] within ±τ\pm\tau±τ with probability 1−β1-\beta1−β from n≥cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)n\ge c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)n≥cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2) samples.

Significance

Theorem 5.7 is the inclusion "SQ ⊆ local" in the paper's characterization of local private learning: every concept class learnable with statistical queries is learnable by an ε\varepsilonε-local algorithm, with sample size growing like tlog⁡(t/β)b2/(ε2τ2)t\log(t/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)tlog(t/β)b2/(ε2τ2). Combined with the converse simulation (Lemma 5.8), it identifies local private learnability with SQ learnability (Theorem 5.14). It thereby transfers the known SQ lower bounds, such as the one for parity, to the local model. It also shows that nonadaptive SQ algorithms become noninteractive local protocols.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. A formalization fixes what "the simulation gives the same output" means against an adversarial oracle and an adaptive algorithm. It also supplies reusable Lean objects for local differential privacy, Laplace noise and SQ algorithms.

Difficulty

The privacy half is the easy-looking part, but it is adaptive: the query asked in block kkk depends on the noisy answers from blocks 0,…,k−10,\dots,k-10,…,k−1. A database change in block kkk therefore changes the law of all later answers, not only aka_kak​. The argument must use that every entry enters exactly one randomizer and compose along the adaptive transcript.

The accuracy half has the same adaptivity issue: the union bound over queries needs, for each kkk, the failure probability of block kkk conditioned on everything before it. That is where the fresh blocks and measurability are used. The concentration step for Laplace averages is sub-exponential, not sub-Gaussian. The naive use of the paper's appendix lemma (A.3) fails: it is stated as an equality for every deviation δ>0\delta>0δ>0, but its proof only covers deviations of order the Laplace scale.

Formalization scope

Databases are Fin n → D (0-based). Randomized algorithms are identified with the laws of their outputs (Measure); differential privacy is required on all measurable sets. An SQ algorithm is a deterministic adaptive strategy (SQAlg): a randomized one is a mixture over its coins, to which the result transfers. "At most ttt queries" is "exactly ttt" after padding with dummy queries. Queries are real valued with ∣g∣≤b|g|\le b∣g∣≤b, as the paper allows after Definition 5.4. Block kkk consists of the database indices km,…,km+m−1km,\dots,km+m-1km,…,km+m−1, so the blocks are disjoint by construction, and the simulated answers are a deterministic function of the database and the t×mt\times mt×m noise array. The natural logarithm replaces the paper's base 2, which only changes ccc. Constants are existential and quantified before everything else.

Explicit choices, each recorded in the item that makes it:

  • ετ≤4b\varepsilon\tau\le4bετ≤4b in Lemma 5.6, the Laplace step and Theorem 5.7. Without it the printed statements are false: for ετ/b\varepsilon\tau/bετ/b large a single sample is allowed, and its Laplace noise exceeds τ\tauτ too often.
  • ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 in Lemma 5.6 and in the accuracy half of Theorem 5.7 (the privacy half holds for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0). Without it the threshold cln⁡(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2)c\ln(1/\beta)b^2/(\varepsilon^2\tau^2)cln(1/β)b2/(ε2τ2) can be smaller than the sample size needed to estimate E[g]\mathbb E[g]E[g] at all. The paper's own remark about an O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) factor presumes ε=O(1)\varepsilon=O(1)ε=O(1).
  • β≤1/2\beta\le1/2β≤1/2 in the Laplace step, which is false for β\betaβ near 111.
  • Each query is jointly measurable in (earlier answers, record), and the output map is measurable for the privacy claim.
  • "Gives the same output as ASQ\mathcal A_{SQ}ASQ​" is "the simulated answers are a valid transcript against SQPSQ_PSQP​". Accuracy bounds the measure of the failure event by β\betaβ.
  • "Noninteractive if nonadaptive" and "efficient" are not formalized.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the oracle is not replaced by the exact expectation, accuracy is required for every query actually asked (not only the first), privacy holds for every database (not only i.i.d. samples), and the constant ccc cannot depend on ttt, β\betaβ, ε\varepsilonε, τ\tauτ, bbb or the algorithm.

Needed infrastructure: the Laplace distribution as a probability measure and its moment generating function, a Hoeffding bound for bounded i.i.d. variables, the Laplace mechanism, and adaptive composition along a transcript. All of these are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of standalone Laplace and composition lemmas, and of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. P. Kasiviswanathan, H. K. Lee, K. Nissim, S. Raskhodnikova, A. Smith, What Can We Learn Privately?, SIAM J. Comput. 40(3) (2011) 793–826. arXiv:0803.0924v3, https://arxiv.org/abs/0803.0924 ; DOI https://doi.org/10.1137/090756090
  • M. Kearns, Efficient noise-tolerant learning from statistical queries, J. ACM 45(6) (1998) 983–1006. https://doi.org/10.1145/293347.293351
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating noise to sensitivity in private data analysis, TCC 2006, LNCS 3876, 265–284. https://doi.org/10.1007/11681878_14
  • A. Blum, C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, Practical privacy: the SuLQ framework, PODS 2005, 128–138. https://doi.org/10.1145/1065167.1065184
  • W. Hoeffding, Probability inequalities for sums of bounded random variables, J. Amer. Statist. Assoc. 58 (1963) 13–30. https://doi.org/10.1080/01621459.1963.10500830
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 6 of 10Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me